PageRenderTime 50ms CodeModel.GetById 35ms RepoModel.GetById 1ms app.codeStats 0ms

/t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php

https://bitbucket.org/linxpinx/mercurial
PHP | 4447 lines | 2453 code | 476 blank | 1518 comment | 563 complexity | 3c9c968c5339b22b1bbd0b09e7a917f7 MD5 | raw file
Possible License(s): BSD-3-Clause, GPL-2.0, Unlicense, LGPL-2.1, Apache-2.0 
    

  1. <?php
    2. 

  2. /***************************************************************
    3. 

  3. *  Copyright notice
    4. 

  4. *
    5. 

  5. *  (c) 1999-2010 Kasper Skaarhoj (kasperYYYY@typo3.com)
    6. 

  6. *  All rights reserved
    7. 

  7. *
    8. 

  8. *  This script is part of the TYPO3 project. The TYPO3 project is
    9. 

  9. *  free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    10. 

  10. *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    11. 

  11. *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    12. 

  12. *  (at your option) any later version.
    13. 

  13. *
    14. 

  14. *  The GNU General Public License can be found at
    15. 

  15. *  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
    16. 

  16. *  A copy is found in the textfile GPL.txt and important notices to the license
    17. 

  17. *  from the author is found in LICENSE.txt distributed with these scripts.
    18. 

  18. *
    19. 

  19. *
    20. 

  20. *  This script is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    21. 

  21. *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    22. 

  22. *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    23. 

  23. *  GNU General Public License for more details.
    24. 

  24. *
    25. 

  25. *  This copyright notice MUST APPEAR in all copies of the script!
    26. 

  26. ***************************************************************/
    27. 

  27. /**
    28. 

  28.  * Standard functions available for the TYPO3 backend.
    29. 

  29.  * You are encouraged to use this class in your own applications (Backend Modules)
    30. 

  30.  *
    31. 

  31.  * Call ALL methods without making an object!
    32. 

  32.  * Eg. to get a page-record 51 do this: 't3lib_BEfunc::getRecord('pages',51)'
    33. 

  33.  *
    34. 

  34.  * $Id: class.t3lib_befunc.php 8415 2010-07-28 09:15:10Z ohader $
    35. 

  35.  * Usage counts are based on search 22/2 2003 through whole backend source of typo3/
    36. 

  36.  * Revised for TYPO3 3.6 July/2003 by Kasper Skaarhoj
    37. 

  37.  * XHTML compliant
    38. 

  38.  *
    39. 

  39.  * @author	Kasper Skaarhoj <kasperYYYY@typo3.com>
    40. 

  40.  */
    41. 

  41. /**
    42. 

  42.  * [CLASS/FUNCTION INDEX of SCRIPT]
    43. 

  43.  *
    44. 

  44.  *
    45. 

  45.  *
    46. 

  46.  *  185: class t3lib_BEfunc
    47. 

  47.  *
    48. 

  48.  *              SECTION: SQL-related, selecting records, searching
    49. 

  49.  *  206:     function deleteClause($table,$tableAlias='')
    50. 

  50.  *  230:     function getRecord($table,$uid,$fields='*',$where='',$useDeleteClause=true)
    51. 

  51.  *  253:     function getRecordWSOL($table,$uid,$fields='*',$where='',$useDeleteClause=true)
    52. 

  52.  *  286:     function getRecordRaw($table,$where='',$fields='*')
    53. 

  53.  *  309:     function getRecordsByField($theTable,$theField,$theValue,$whereClause='',$groupBy='',$orderBy='',$limit='',$useDeleteClause=true)
    54. 

  54.  *  342:     function searchQuery($searchWords,$fields,$table='')
    55. 

  55.  *  357:     function listQuery($field,$value)
    56. 

  56.  *  369:     function splitTable_Uid($str)
    57. 

  57.  *  384:     function getSQLselectableList($in_list,$tablename,$default_tablename)
    58. 

  58.  *  412:     function BEenableFields($table,$inv=0)
    59. 

  59.  *
    60. 

  60.  *              SECTION: SQL-related, DEPRECATED functions
    61. 

  61.  *  476:     function mm_query($select,$local_table,$mm_table,$foreign_table,$whereClause='',$groupBy='',$orderBy='',$limit='')
    62. 

  62.  *  498:     function DBcompileInsert($table,$fields_values)
    63. 

  63.  *  512:     function DBcompileUpdate($table,$where,$fields_values)
    64. 

  64.  *
    65. 

  65.  *              SECTION: Page tree, TCA related
    66. 

  66.  *  542:     function BEgetRootLine($uid,$clause='',$workspaceOL=FALSE)
    67. 

  67.  *  598:     function openPageTree($pid,$clearExpansion)
    68. 

  68.  *  643:     function getRecordPath($uid, $clause, $titleLimit, $fullTitleLimit=0)
    69. 

  69.  *  686:     function getExcludeFields()
    70. 

  70.  *  716:     function getExplicitAuthFieldValues()
    71. 

  71.  *  787:     function getSystemLanguages()
    72. 

  72.  *  812:     function readPageAccess($id,$perms_clause)
    73. 

  73.  *  843:     function getTCAtypes($table,$rec,$useFieldNameAsKey=0)
    74. 

  74.  *  896:     function getTCAtypeValue($table,$rec)
    75. 

  75.  *  919:     function getSpecConfParts($str, $defaultExtras)
    76. 

  76.  *  950:     function getSpecConfParametersFromArray($pArr)
    77. 

  77.  *  978:     function getFlexFormDS($conf,$row,$table,$fieldName='',$WSOL=TRUE)
    78. 

  78.  *
    79. 

  79.  *              SECTION: Caching related
    80. 

  80.  * 1105:     function storeHash($hash,$data,$ident)
    81. 

  81.  * 1125:     function getHash($hash)
    82. 

  82.  *
    83. 

  83.  *              SECTION: TypoScript related
    84. 

  84.  * 1161:     function getPagesTSconfig($id,$rootLine='',$returnPartArray=0)
    85. 

  85.  * 1217:     function updatePagesTSconfig($id,$pageTS,$TSconfPrefix,$impParams='')
    86. 

  86.  * 1272:     function implodeTSParams($p,$k='')
    87. 

  87.  *
    88. 

  88.  *              SECTION: Users / Groups related
    89. 

  89.  * 1309:     function getUserNames($fields='username,usergroup,usergroup_cached_list,uid',$where='')
    90. 

  90.  * 1327:     function getGroupNames($fields='title,uid', $where='')
    91. 

  91.  * 1344:     function getListGroupNames($fields='title,uid')
    92. 

  92.  * 1363:     function blindUserNames($usernames,$groupArray,$excludeBlindedFlag=0)
    93. 

  93.  * 1396:     function blindGroupNames($groups,$groupArray,$excludeBlindedFlag=0)
    94. 

  94.  *
    95. 

  95.  *              SECTION: Output related
    96. 

  96.  * 1437:     function daysUntil($tstamp)
    97. 

  97.  * 1449:     function date($tstamp)
    98. 

  98.  * 1460:     function datetime($value)
    99. 

  99.  * 1472:     function time($value)
    100. 

  100.  * 1488:     function calcAge($seconds,$labels = 'min|hrs|days|yrs')
    101. 

  101.  * 1514:     function dateTimeAge($tstamp,$prefix=1,$date='')
    102. 

  102.  * 1532:     function titleAttrib($content='',$hsc=0)
    103. 

  103.  * 1545:     function titleAltAttrib($content)
    104. 

  104.  * 1569:     function thumbCode($row,$table,$field,$backPath,$thumbScript='',$uploaddir=NULL,$abs=0,$tparams='',$size='')
    105. 

  105.  * 1637:     function getThumbNail($thumbScript,$theFile,$tparams='',$size='')
    106. 

  106.  * 1654:     function titleAttribForPages($row,$perms_clause='',$includeAttrib=1)
    107. 

  107.  * 1716:     function getRecordIconAltText($row,$table='pages')
    108. 

  108.  * 1758:     function getLabelFromItemlist($table,$col,$key)
    109. 

  109.  * 1784:     function getItemLabel($table,$col,$printAllWrap='')
    110. 

  110.  * 1809:     function getRecordTitle($table,$row,$prep=0)
    111. 

  111.  * 1847:     function getProcessedValue($table,$col,$value,$fixed_lgd_chars=0,$defaultPassthrough=0,$noRecordLookup=FALSE,$uid=0)
    112. 

  112.  * 2009:     function getProcessedValueExtra($table,$fN,$fV,$fixed_lgd_chars=0,$uid=0)
    113. 

  113.  * 2033:     function getFileIcon($ext)
    114. 

  114.  * 2047:     function getCommonSelectFields($table,$prefix='')
    115. 

  115.  * 2090:     function makeConfigForm($configArray,$defaults,$dataPrefix)
    116. 

  116.  *
    117. 

  117.  *              SECTION: Backend Modules API functions
    118. 

  118.  * 2165:     function helpTextIcon($table,$field,$BACK_PATH,$force=0)
    119. 

  119.  * 2187:     function helpText($table,$field,$BACK_PATH,$styleAttrib='')
    120. 

  120.  * 2239:     function cshItem($table,$field,$BACK_PATH,$wrap='',$onlyIconMode=FALSE, $styleAttrib='')
    121. 

  121.  * 2277:     function editOnClick($params,$backPath='',$requestUri='')
    122. 

  122.  * 2296:     function viewOnClick($id,$backPath='',$rootLine='',$anchor='',$altUrl='',$addGetVars='',$switchFocus=TRUE)
    123. 

  123.  * 2328:     function getModTSconfig($id,$TSref)
    124. 

  124.  * 2349:     function getFuncMenu($mainParams,$elementName,$currentValue,$menuItems,$script='',$addparams='')
    125. 

  125.  * 2392:     function getFuncCheck($mainParams,$elementName,$currentValue,$script='',$addparams='',$tagParams='')
    126. 

  126.  * 2417:     function getFuncInput($mainParams,$elementName,$currentValue,$size=10,$script="",$addparams="")
    127. 

  127.  * 2438:     function unsetMenuItems($modTSconfig,$itemArray,$TSref)
    128. 

  128.  * 2461:     function getSetUpdateSignal($set='')
    129. 

  129.  * 2512:     function getModuleData($MOD_MENU, $CHANGED_SETTINGS, $modName, $type='', $dontValidateList='', $setDefaultList='')
    130. 

  130.  *
    131. 

  131.  *              SECTION: Core
    132. 

  132.  * 2585:     function compilePreviewKeyword($getVarsStr, $beUserUid, $ttl=172800)
    133. 

  133.  * 2613:     function lockRecords($table='',$uid=0,$pid=0)
    134. 

  134.  * 2642:     function isRecordLocked($table,$uid)
    135. 

  135.  * 2682:     function exec_foreign_table_where_query($fieldValue,$field='',$TSconfig=array(),$prefix='')
    136. 

  136.  * 2763:     function getTCEFORM_TSconfig($table,$row)
    137. 

  137.  * 2814:     function getTSconfig_pidValue($table,$uid,$pid)
    138. 

  138.  * 2844:     function getPidForModTSconfig($table,$uid,$pid)
    139. 

  139.  * 2860:     function getTSCpid($table,$uid,$pid)
    140. 

  140.  * 2876:     function firstDomainRecord($rootLine)
    141. 

  141.  * 2898:     function getDomainStartPage($domain, $path='')
    142. 

  142.  * 2928:     function RTEsetup($RTEprop,$table,$field,$type='')
    143. 

  143.  * 2947:     function &RTEgetObj()
    144. 

  144.  * 2986:     function &softRefParserObj($spKey)
    145. 

  145.  * 3018:     function explodeSoftRefParserList($parserList)
    146. 

  146.  * 3050:     function isModuleSetInTBE_MODULES($modName)
    147. 

  147.  * 3073:     function referenceCount($table,$ref,$msg='')
    148. 

  148.  *
    149. 

  149.  *              SECTION: Workspaces / Versioning
    150. 

  150.  * 3132:     function selectVersionsOfRecord($table, $uid, $fields='*', $workspace=0)
    151. 

  151.  * 3180:     function fixVersioningPid($table,&$rr,$ignoreWorkspaceMatch=FALSE)
    152. 

  152.  * 3220:     function workspaceOL($table,&$row,$wsid=-99)
    153. 

  153.  * 3268:     function getWorkspaceVersionOfRecord($workspace, $table, $uid, $fields='*')
    154. 

  154.  * 3297:     function getLiveVersionOfRecord($table,$uid,$fields='*')
    155. 

  155.  * 3319:     function isPidInVersionizedBranch($pid, $table='',$returnStage=FALSE)
    156. 

  156.  * 3342:     function versioningPlaceholderClause($table)
    157. 

  157.  * 3356:     function countVersionsOfRecordsOnPage($workspace,$pageId, $allTables=FALSE)
    158. 

  158.  * 3391:     function wsMapId($table,$uid)
    159. 

  159.  *
    160. 

  160.  *              SECTION: Miscellaneous
    161. 

  161.  * 3421:     function typo3PrintError($header,$text,$js='',$head=1)
    162. 

  162.  * 3465:     function TYPO3_copyRightNotice()
    163. 

  163.  * 3489:     function displayWarningMessages()
    164. 

  164.  * 3546:     function getPathType_web_nonweb($path)
    165. 

  165.  * 3558:     function ADMCMD_previewCmds($pageinfo)
    166. 

  166.  * 3580:     function processParams($params)
    167. 

  167.  * 3606:     function getListOfBackendModules($name,$perms_clause,$backPath='',$script='index.php')
    168. 

  168.  *
    169. 

  169.  * TOTAL FUNCTIONS: 99
    170. 

  170.  * (This index is automatically created/updated by the extension "extdeveval")
    171. 

  171.  *
    172. 

  172.  */
    173. 

  173. 

  174. 

  175. 

  176. /**
    177. 

  177.  * Standard functions available for the TYPO3 backend.
    178. 

  178.  * Don't instantiate - call functions with "t3lib_BEfunc::" prefixed the function name.
    179. 

  179.  *
    180. 

  180.  * @author	Kasper Skaarhoj <kasperYYYY@typo3.com>
    181. 

  181.  * @package TYPO3
    182. 

  182.  * @subpackage t3lib
    183. 

  183.  */
    184. 

  184. final class t3lib_BEfunc {
    185. 

  185. 

  186. 

  187. 

  188. 	/*******************************************
    189. 

  189. 	 *
    190. 

  190. 	 * SQL-related, selecting records, searching
    191. 

  191. 	 *
    192. 

  192. 	 *******************************************/
    193. 

  193. 

  194. 

  195. 	/**
    196. 

  196. 	 * Returns the WHERE clause " AND NOT [tablename].[deleted-field]" if a deleted-field is configured in $TCA for the tablename, $table
    197. 

  197. 	 * This function should ALWAYS be called in the backend for selection on tables which are configured in TCA since it will ensure consistent selection of records, even if they are marked deleted (in which case the system must always treat them as non-existent!)
    198. 

  198. 	 * In the frontend a function, ->enableFields(), is known to filter hidden-field, start- and endtime and fe_groups as well. But that is a job of the frontend, not the backend. If you need filtering on those fields as well in the backend you can use ->BEenableFields() though.
    199. 

  199. 	 * Usage: 71
    200. 

  200. 	 *
    201. 

  201. 	 * @param	string		Table name present in $TCA
    202. 

  202. 	 * @param	string		Table alias if any
    203. 

  203. 	 * @return	string		WHERE clause for filtering out deleted records, eg " AND tablename.deleted=0"
    204. 

  204. 	 */
    205. 

  205. 	public static function deleteClause($table,$tableAlias = '') {
    206. 

  206. 		global $TCA;
    207. 

  207. 		if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['delete']) {
    208. 

  208. 			return ' AND '.($tableAlias ? $tableAlias : $table).'.'.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['delete'].'=0';
    209. 

  209. 		} else {
    210. 

  210. 			return '';
    211. 

  211. 		}
    212. 

  212. 	}
    213. 

  213. 

  214. 	/**
    215. 

  215. 	 * Gets record with uid = $uid from $table
    216. 

  216. 	 * You can set $field to a list of fields (default is '*')
    217. 

  217. 	 * Additional WHERE clauses can be added by $where (fx. ' AND blabla = 1')
    218. 

  218. 	 * Will automatically check if records has been deleted and if so, not return anything.
    219. 

  219. 	 * $table must be found in $TCA
    220. 

  220. 	 * Usage: 99
    221. 

  221. 	 *
    222. 

  222. 	 * @param	string		Table name present in $TCA
    223. 

  223. 	 * @param	integer		UID of record
    224. 

  224. 	 * @param	string		List of fields to select
    225. 

  225. 	 * @param	string		Additional WHERE clause, eg. " AND blablabla = 0"
    226. 

  226. 	 * @param	boolean		Use the deleteClause to check if a record is deleted (default true)
    227. 

  227. 	 * @return	array		Returns the row if found, otherwise nothing
    228. 

  228. 	 */
    229. 

  229. 	public static function getRecord($table, $uid, $fields = '*', $where = '', $useDeleteClause = true) {
    230. 

  230. 		if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]) {
    231. 

  231. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    232. 

  232. 				$fields,
    233. 

  233. 				$table,
    234. 

  234. 				'uid=' . intval($uid) . ($useDeleteClause ? self::deleteClause($table) : '') . $where
    235. 

  235. 			);
    236. 

  236. 			$row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res);
    237. 

  237. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    238. 

  238. 			if ($row) {
    239. 

  239. 				return $row;
    240. 

  240. 			}
    241. 

  241. 		}
    242. 

  242. 	}
    243. 

  243. 

  244. 	/**
    245. 

  245. 	 * Like getRecord(), but overlays workspace version if any.
    246. 

  246. 	 *
    247. 

  247. 	 * @param	string		Table name present in $TCA
    248. 

  248. 	 * @param	integer		UID of record
    249. 

  249. 	 * @param	string		List of fields to select
    250. 

  250. 	 * @param	string		Additional WHERE clause, eg. " AND blablabla = 0"
    251. 

  251. 	 * @param	boolean		Use the deleteClause to check if a record is deleted (default true)
    252. 

  252. 	 * @return	array		Returns the row if found, otherwise nothing
    253. 

  253. 	 */
    254. 

  254. 	public static function getRecordWSOL($table, $uid, $fields = '*', $where = '', $useDeleteClause = true) {
    255. 

  255. 		if ($fields !== '*') {
    256. 

  256. 			$internalFields = t3lib_div::uniqueList($fields.',uid,pid'.($table == 'pages' ? ',t3ver_swapmode' : ''));
    257. 

  257. 			$row = self::getRecord($table, $uid, $internalFields, $where, $useDeleteClause);
    258. 

  258. 			self::workspaceOL($table, $row);
    259. 

  259. 

  260. 			if (is_array ($row)) {
    261. 

  261. 				foreach (array_keys($row) as $key) {
    262. 

  262. 					if (!t3lib_div::inList($fields, $key) && $key{0} !== '_') {
    263. 

  263. 						unset ($row[$key]);
    264. 

  264. 					}
    265. 

  265. 				}
    266. 

  266. 			}
    267. 

  267. 		} else {
    268. 

  268. 			$row = self::getRecord($table, $uid, $fields, $where);
    269. 

  269. 			self::workspaceOL($table, $row);
    270. 

  270. 		}
    271. 

  271. 		return $row;
    272. 

  272. 	}
    273. 

  273. 

  274. 	/**
    275. 

  275. 	 * Returns the first record found from $table with $where as WHERE clause
    276. 

  276. 	 * This function does NOT check if a record has the deleted flag set.
    277. 

  277. 	 * $table does NOT need to be configured in $TCA
    278. 

  278. 	 * The query used is simply this:
    279. 

  279. 	 * $query = 'SELECT '.$fields.' FROM '.$table.' WHERE '.$where;
    280. 

  280. 	 * Usage: 5 (ext: sys_todos)
    281. 

  281. 	 *
    282. 

  282. 	 * @param	string		Table name (not necessarily in TCA)
    283. 

  283. 	 * @param	string		WHERE clause
    284. 

  284. 	 * @param	string		$fields is a list of fields to select, default is '*'
    285. 

  285. 	 * @return	array		First row found, if any, FALSE otherwise
    286. 

  286. 	 */
    287. 

  287. 	public static function getRecordRaw($table, $where = '', $fields = '*') {
    288. 

  288. 		$row = FALSE;
    289. 

  289. 		if (FALSE !== ($res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery($fields, $table, $where, '', '', '1'))) {
    290. 

  290. 			$row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res);
    291. 

  291. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    292. 

  292. 		}
    293. 

  293. 		return $row;
    294. 

  294. 	}
    295. 

  295. 

  296. 	/**
    297. 

  297. 	 * Returns records from table, $theTable, where a field ($theField) equals the value, $theValue
    298. 

  298. 	 * The records are returned in an array
    299. 

  299. 	 * If no records were selected, the function returns nothing
    300. 

  300. 	 * Usage: 8
    301. 

  301. 	 *
    302. 

  302. 	 * @param	string		Table name present in $TCA
    303. 

  303. 	 * @param	string		Field to select on
    304. 

  304. 	 * @param	string		Value that $theField must match
    305. 

  305. 	 * @param	string		Optional additional WHERE clauses put in the end of the query. DO NOT PUT IN GROUP BY, ORDER BY or LIMIT!
    306. 

  306. 	 * @param	string		Optional GROUP BY field(s), if none, supply blank string.
    307. 

  307. 	 * @param	string		Optional ORDER BY field(s), if none, supply blank string.
    308. 

  308. 	 * @param	string		Optional LIMIT value ([begin,]max), if none, supply blank string.
    309. 

  309. 	 * @param	boolean		Use the deleteClause to check if a record is deleted (default true)
    310. 

  310. 	 * @return	mixed		Multidimensional array with selected records (if any is selected)
    311. 

  311. 	 */
    312. 

  312. 	public static function getRecordsByField($theTable, $theField, $theValue, $whereClause = '', $groupBy = '', $orderBy = '', $limit = '', $useDeleteClause = true) {
    313. 

  313. 		global $TCA;
    314. 

  314. 		if (is_array($TCA[$theTable])) {
    315. 

  315. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    316. 

  316. 						'*',
    317. 

  317. 						$theTable,
    318. 

  318. 						$theField.'='.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($theValue, $theTable).
    319. 

  319. 							($useDeleteClause ? self::deleteClause($theTable).' ' : '').
    320. 

  320. 							self::versioningPlaceholderClause($theTable) . ' ' .
    321. 

  321. 							$whereClause,	// whereClauseMightContainGroupOrderBy
    322. 

  322. 						$groupBy,
    323. 

  323. 						$orderBy,
    324. 

  324. 						$limit
    325. 

  325. 					);
    326. 

  326. 			$rows = array();
    327. 

  327. 			while($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res)) {
    328. 

  328. 				$rows[] = $row;
    329. 

  329. 			}
    330. 

  330. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    331. 

  331. 			if (count($rows))	return $rows;
    332. 

  332. 		}
    333. 

  333. 	}
    334. 

  334. 

  335. 	/**
    336. 

  336. 	 * Returns a WHERE clause which will make an AND search for the words in the $searchWords array in any of the fields in array $fields.
    337. 

  337. 	 * Usage: 0
    338. 

  338. 	 *
    339. 

  339. 	 * @param	array		Array of search words
    340. 

  340. 	 * @param	array		Array of fields
    341. 

  341. 	 * @param	string		Table in which we are searching (for DBAL detection of quoteStr() method)
    342. 

  342. 	 * @return	string		WHERE clause for search
    343. 

  343. 	 * @deprecated since TYPO3 3.6, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5, use $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->searchQuery() directly!
    344. 

  344. 	 */
    345. 

  345. 	public static function searchQuery($searchWords, $fields, $table = '') {
    346. 

  346. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    347. 

  347. 

  348. 		return $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->searchQuery($searchWords, $fields, $table);
    349. 

  349. 	}
    350. 

  350. 

  351. 	/**
    352. 

  352. 	 * Returns a WHERE clause that can find a value ($value) in a list field ($field)
    353. 

  353. 	 * For instance a record in the database might contain a list of numbers, "34,234,5" (with no spaces between). This query would be able to select that record based on the value "34", "234" or "5" regardless of their positioni in the list (left, middle or right).
    354. 

  354. 	 * Is nice to look up list-relations to records or files in TYPO3 database tables.
    355. 

  355. 	 * Usage: 0
    356. 

  356. 	 *
    357. 

  357. 	 * @param	string		Table field name
    358. 

  358. 	 * @param	string		Value to find in list
    359. 

  359. 	 * @return	string		WHERE clause for a query
    360. 

  360. 	 * @deprecated since TYPO3 3.6, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5, use $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->listQuery() directly!
    361. 

  361. 	 */
    362. 

  362. 	public static function listQuery($field, $value) {
    363. 

  363. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    364. 

  364. 

  365. 		return $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->listQuery($field, $value, '');
    366. 

  366. 	}
    367. 

  367. 

  368. 	/**
    369. 

  369. 	 * Makes an backwards explode on the $str and returns an array with ($table, $uid).
    370. 

  370. 	 * Example: tt_content_45 => array('tt_content', 45)
    371. 

  371. 	 * Usage: 1
    372. 

  372. 	 *
    373. 

  373. 	 * @param	string		[tablename]_[uid] string to explode
    374. 

  374. 	 * @return	array
    375. 

  375. 	 */
    376. 

  376. 	public static function splitTable_Uid($str) {
    377. 

  377. 		list($uid, $table) = explode('_', strrev($str), 2);
    378. 

  378. 		return array(strrev($table), strrev($uid));
    379. 

  379. 	}
    380. 

  380. 

  381. 	/**
    382. 

  382. 	 * Returns a list of pure integers based on $in_list being a list of records with table-names prepended.
    383. 

  383. 	 * Ex: $in_list = "pages_4,tt_content_12,45" would result in a return value of "4,45" if $tablename is "pages" and $default_tablename is 'pages' as well.
    384. 

  384. 	 * Usage: 1 (t3lib_userauthgroup)
    385. 

  385. 	 *
    386. 

  386. 	 * @param	string		Input list
    387. 

  387. 	 * @param	string		Table name from which ids is returned
    388. 

  388. 	 * @param	string		$default_tablename denotes what table the number '45' is from (if nothing is prepended on the value)
    389. 

  389. 	 * @return	string		List of ids
    390. 

  390. 	 */
    391. 

  391. 	public static function getSQLselectableList($in_list, $tablename, $default_tablename) {
    392. 

  392. 		$list = Array();
    393. 

  393. 		if ((string)trim($in_list)!='') {
    394. 

  394. 			$tempItemArray = explode(',', trim($in_list));
    395. 

  395. 			foreach ($tempItemArray as $key => $val) {
    396. 

  396. 				$val = strrev($val);
    397. 

  397. 				$parts = explode('_', $val, 2);
    398. 

  398. 				if ((string)trim($parts[0])!='') {
    399. 

  399. 					$theID = intval(strrev($parts[0]));
    400. 

  400. 					$theTable = trim($parts[1]) ? strrev(trim($parts[1])) : $default_tablename;
    401. 

  401. 					if ($theTable==$tablename)	{$list[] = $theID;}
    402. 

  402. 				}
    403. 

  403. 			}
    404. 

  404. 		}
    405. 

  405. 		return implode(',', $list);
    406. 

  406. 	}
    407. 

  407. 

  408. 	/**
    409. 

  409. 	 * Backend implementation of enableFields()
    410. 

  410. 	 * Notice that "fe_groups" is not selected for - only disabled, starttime and endtime.
    411. 

  411. 	 * Notice that deleted-fields are NOT filtered - you must ALSO call deleteClause in addition.
    412. 

  412. 	 * $GLOBALS["SIM_ACCESS_TIME"] is used for date.
    413. 

  413. 	 * Usage: 5
    414. 

  414. 	 *
    415. 

  415. 	 * @param	string		$table is the table from which to return enableFields WHERE clause. Table name must have a 'ctrl' section in $TCA.
    416. 

  416. 	 * @param	boolean		$inv means that the query will select all records NOT VISIBLE records (inverted selection)
    417. 

  417. 	 * @return	string		WHERE clause part
    418. 

  418. 	 */
    419. 

  419. 	public static function BEenableFields($table, $inv = 0) {
    420. 

  420. 		$ctrl = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl'];
    421. 

  421. 		$query = array();
    422. 

  422. 		$invQuery = array();
    423. 

  423. 		if (is_array($ctrl)) {
    424. 

  424. 			if (is_array($ctrl['enablecolumns'])) {
    425. 

  425. 				if ($ctrl['enablecolumns']['disabled']) {
    426. 

  426. 					$field = $table.'.'.$ctrl['enablecolumns']['disabled'];
    427. 

  427. 					$query[] = $field.'=0';
    428. 

  428. 					$invQuery[] = $field.'!=0';
    429. 

  429. 				}
    430. 

  430. 				if ($ctrl['enablecolumns']['starttime']) {
    431. 

  431. 					$field = $table.'.'.$ctrl['enablecolumns']['starttime'];
    432. 

  432. 					$query[] = '('.$field.'<='.$GLOBALS['SIM_ACCESS_TIME'].')';
    433. 

  433. 					$invQuery[] = '('.$field.'!=0 AND '.$field.'>'.$GLOBALS['SIM_ACCESS_TIME'].')';
    434. 

  434. 				}
    435. 

  435. 				if ($ctrl['enablecolumns']['endtime']) {
    436. 

  436. 					$field = $table.'.'.$ctrl['enablecolumns']['endtime'];
    437. 

  437. 					$query[] = '('.$field.'=0 OR '.$field.'>'.$GLOBALS['SIM_ACCESS_TIME'].')';
    438. 

  438. 					$invQuery[] = '('.$field.'!=0 AND '.$field.'<='.$GLOBALS['SIM_ACCESS_TIME'].')';
    439. 

  439. 				}
    440. 

  440. 			}
    441. 

  441. 		}
    442. 

  442. 		$outQ = ($inv ? '(' . implode(' OR ', $invQuery) . ')' : implode(' AND ', $query));
    443. 

  443. 

  444. 		return $outQ ? ' AND ' . $outQ : '';
    445. 

  445. 	}
    446. 

  446. 

  447. 	/**
    448. 

  448. 	 * Fetches the localization for a given record.
    449. 

  449. 	 *
    450. 

  450. 	 * @param	string		$table: Table name present in $TCA
    451. 

  451. 	 * @param	integer		$uid: The uid of the record
    452. 

  452. 	 * @param	integer		$language: The uid of the language record in sys_language
    453. 

  453. 	 * @param	string		$andWhereClause: Optional additional WHERE clause (default: '')
    454. 

  454. 	 * @return	mixed		Multidimensional array with selected records; if none exist, false is returned
    455. 

  455. 	 */
    456. 

  456. 	public static function getRecordLocalization($table, $uid, $language, $andWhereClause = '') {
    457. 

  457. 		$recordLocalization = false;
    458. 

  458. 		if (self::isTableLocalizable($table)) {
    459. 

  459. 			$tcaCtrl = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl'];
    460. 

  460. 			$recordLocalization = self::getRecordsByField(
    461. 

  461. 				$table,
    462. 

  462. 				$tcaCtrl['transOrigPointerField'],
    463. 

  463. 				$uid,
    464. 

  464. 				'AND '.$tcaCtrl['languageField'].'='.intval($language).($andWhereClause ? ' '.$andWhereClause : ''),
    465. 

  465. 				'',
    466. 

  466. 				'',
    467. 

  467. 				'1'
    468. 

  468. 			);
    469. 

  469. 		}
    470. 

  470. 		return $recordLocalization;
    471. 

  471. 	}
    472. 

  472. 

  473. 

  474. 

  475. 

  476. 

  477. 

  478. 

  479. 

  480. 

  481. 

  482. 	/*******************************************
    483. 

  483. 	 *
    484. 

  484. 	 * SQL-related, DEPRECATED functions
    485. 

  485. 	 * (use t3lib_DB functions instead)
    486. 

  486. 	 *
    487. 

  487. 	 *******************************************/
    488. 

  488. 

  489. 

  490. 	/**
    491. 

  491. 	 * Returns a SELECT query, selecting fields ($select) from two/three tables joined
    492. 

  492. 	 * $local_table and $mm_table is mandatory. $foreign_table is optional.
    493. 

  493. 	 * The JOIN is done with [$local_table].uid <--> [$mm_table].uid_local  / [$mm_table].uid_foreign <--> [$foreign_table].uid
    494. 

  494. 	 * The function is very useful for selecting MM-relations between tables adhering to the MM-format used by TCE (TYPO3 Core Engine). See the section on $TCA in Inside TYPO3 for more details.
    495. 

  495. 	 *
    496. 

  496. 	 * @param	string		Field list for SELECT
    497. 

  497. 	 * @param	string		Tablename, local table
    498. 

  498. 	 * @param	string		Tablename, relation table
    499. 

  499. 	 * @param	string		Tablename, foreign table
    500. 

  500. 	 * @param	string		Optional additional WHERE clauses put in the end of the query. DO NOT PUT IN GROUP BY, ORDER BY or LIMIT!
    501. 

  501. 	 * @param	string		Optional GROUP BY field(s), if none, supply blank string.
    502. 

  502. 	 * @param	string		Optional ORDER BY field(s), if none, supply blank string.
    503. 

  503. 	 * @param	string		Optional LIMIT value ([begin,]max), if none, supply blank string.
    504. 

  504. 	 * @return	string		Full SQL query
    505. 

  505. 	 * @deprecated since TYPO3 3.6, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5, use $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECT_mm_query() instead since that will return the result pointer while this returns the query. Using this function may make your application less fitted for DBAL later.
    506. 

  506. 	 * @see t3lib_DB::exec_SELECT_mm_query()
    507. 

  507. 	 */
    508. 

  508. 	public static function mm_query($select, $local_table, $mm_table, $foreign_table, $whereClause = '', $groupBy = '', $orderBy = '', $limit = '') {
    509. 

  509. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    510. 

  510. 

  511. 		$query = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->SELECTquery(
    512. 

  512. 					$select,
    513. 

  513. 					$local_table.','.$mm_table.($foreign_table?','.$foreign_table:''),
    514. 

  514. 					$local_table.'.uid='.$mm_table.'.uid_local'.($foreign_table?' AND '.$foreign_table.'.uid='.$mm_table.'.uid_foreign':'').' '.
    515. 

  515. 						$whereClause,	// whereClauseMightContainGroupOrderBy
    516. 

  516. 					$groupBy,
    517. 

  517. 					$orderBy,
    518. 

  518. 					$limit
    519. 

  519. 				);
    520. 

  520. 		return $query;
    521. 

  521. 	}
    522. 

  522. 

  523. 	/**
    524. 

  524. 	 * Creates an INSERT SQL-statement for $table from the array with field/value pairs $fields_values.
    525. 

  525. 	 * DEPRECATED - $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->INSERTquery() directly instead! But better yet, use $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_INSERTquery()
    526. 

  526. 	 *
    527. 

  527. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    528. 

  528. 	 * @param	array		Field values as key=>value pairs.
    529. 

  529. 	 * @return	string		Full SQL query for INSERT
    530. 

  530. 	 * @deprecated since TYPO3 3.6, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5, use $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_INSERTquery() directly!
    531. 

  531. 	 */
    532. 

  532. 	public static function DBcompileInsert($table, $fields_values) {
    533. 

  533. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    534. 

  534. 

  535. 		return $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->INSERTquery($table, $fields_values);
    536. 

  536. 	}
    537. 

  537. 

  538. 	/**
    539. 

  539. 	 * Creates an UPDATE SQL-statement for $table where $where-clause (typ. 'uid=...') from the array with field/value pairs $fields_values.
    540. 

  540. 	 * DEPRECATED - $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->UPDATEquery() directly instead! But better yet, use $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_UPDATEquery()
    541. 

  541. 	 *
    542. 

  542. 	 * @param	string		Database tablename
    543. 

  543. 	 * @param	string		WHERE clause, eg. "uid=1"
    544. 

  544. 	 * @param	array		Field values as key=>value pairs.
    545. 

  545. 	 * @return	string		Full SQL query for UPDATE
    546. 

  546. 	 * @deprecated since TYPO3 3.6, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5, use $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_UPDATEquery() directly!
    547. 

  547. 	 */
    548. 

  548. 	public static function DBcompileUpdate($table, $where, $fields_values) {
    549. 

  549. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    550. 

  550. 

  551. 		return $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->UPDATEquery($table, $where, $fields_values);
    552. 

  552. 	}
    553. 

  553. 

  554. 

  555. 

  556. 

  557. 

  558. 

  559. 

  560. 

  561. 

  562. 

  563. 	/*******************************************
    564. 

  564. 	 *
    565. 

  565. 	 * Page tree, TCA related
    566. 

  566. 	 *
    567. 

  567. 	 *******************************************/
    568. 

  568. 

  569. 	/**
    570. 

  570. 	 * Returns what is called the 'RootLine'. That is an array with information about the page records from a page id ($uid) and back to the root.
    571. 

  571. 	 * By default deleted pages are filtered.
    572. 

  572. 	 * This RootLine will follow the tree all the way to the root. This is opposite to another kind of root line known from the frontend where the rootline stops when a root-template is found.
    573. 

  573. 	 * Usage: 1
    574. 

  574. 	 *
    575. 

  575. 	 * @param	integer		Page id for which to create the root line.
    576. 

  576. 	 * @param	string		$clause can be used to select other criteria. It would typically be where-clauses that stops the process if we meet a page, the user has no reading access to.
    577. 

  577. 	 * @param	boolean		If true, version overlay is applied. This must be requested specifically because it is usually only wanted when the rootline is used for visual output while for permission checking you want the raw thing!
    578. 

  578. 	 * @return	array		Root line array, all the way to the page tree root (or as far as $clause allows!)
    579. 

  579. 	 */
    580. 

  580. 	public static function BEgetRootLine($uid, $clause = '', $workspaceOL = FALSE) {
    581. 

  581. 		static $BEgetRootLine_cache = array();
    582. 

  582. 

  583. 		$output = array();
    584. 

  584. 		$pid = $uid;
    585. 

  585. 		$ident = $pid . '-' . $clause . '-' . $workspaceOL;
    586. 

  586. 

  587. 		if (is_array($BEgetRootLine_cache[$ident])) {
    588. 

  588. 			$output = $BEgetRootLine_cache[$ident];
    589. 

  589. 		} else {
    590. 

  590. 			$loopCheck = 100;
    591. 

  591. 			$theRowArray = array();
    592. 

  592. 			while ($uid != 0 && $loopCheck) {
    593. 

  593. 				$loopCheck--;
    594. 

  594. 				$row = self::getPageForRootline($uid, $clause, $workspaceOL);
    595. 

  595. 				if (is_array($row)) {
    596. 

  596. 					$uid = $row['pid'];
    597. 

  597. 					$theRowArray[] = $row;
    598. 

  598. 				} else {
    599. 

  599. 					break;
    600. 

  600. 				}
    601. 

  601. 			}
    602. 

  602. 			if ($uid == 0) {
    603. 

  603. 				$theRowArray[] = array('uid' => 0, 'title' => '');
    604. 

  604. 			}
    605. 

  605. 			$c = count($theRowArray);
    606. 

  606. 

  607. 			foreach ($theRowArray as $val) {
    608. 

  608. 				$c--;
    609. 

  609. 				$output[$c] = array(
    610. 

  610. 					'uid' => $val['uid'],
    611. 

  611. 					'pid' => $val['pid'],
    612. 

  612. 					'title' => $val['title'],
    613. 

  613. 					'TSconfig' => $val['TSconfig'],
    614. 

  614. 					'is_siteroot' => $val['is_siteroot'],
    615. 

  615. 					'storage_pid' => $val['storage_pid'],
    616. 

  616. 					't3ver_oid' => $val['t3ver_oid'],
    617. 

  617. 					't3ver_wsid' => $val['t3ver_wsid'],
    618. 

  618. 					't3ver_state' => $val['t3ver_state'],
    619. 

  619. 					't3ver_swapmode' => $val['t3ver_swapmode'],
    620. 

  620. 					't3ver_stage' => $val['t3ver_stage']
    621. 

  621. 				);
    622. 

  622. 				if (isset($val['_ORIG_pid'])) {
    623. 

  623. 					$output[$c]['_ORIG_pid'] = $val['_ORIG_pid'];
    624. 

  624. 				}
    625. 

  625. 			}
    626. 

  626. 			$BEgetRootLine_cache[$ident] = $output;
    627. 

  627. 		}
    628. 

  628. 		return $output;
    629. 

  629. 	}
    630. 

  630. 

  631. 	/**
    632. 

  632. 	 * Gets the cached page record for the rootline
    633. 

  633. 	 *
    634. 

  634. 	 * @param	integer		$uid: Page id for which to create the root line.
    635. 

  635. 	 * @param	string		$clause: can be used to select other criteria. It would typically be where-clauses that stops the process if we meet a page, the user has no reading access to.
    636. 

  636. 	 * @param	boolean		$workspaceOL: If true, version overlay is applied. This must be requested specifically because it is usually only wanted when the rootline is used for visual output while for permission checking you want the raw thing!
    637. 

  637. 	 * @return	array		Cached page record for the rootline
    638. 

  638. 	 * @see		BEgetRootLine
    639. 

  639. 	 */
    640. 

  640. 	protected static function getPageForRootline($uid, $clause, $workspaceOL) {
    641. 

  641. 		static $getPageForRootline_cache = array();
    642. 

  642. 		$ident = $uid . '-' . $clause . '-' . $workspaceOL;
    643. 

  643. 

  644. 		if (is_array($getPageForRootline_cache[$ident])) {
    645. 

  645. 			$row = $getPageForRootline_cache[$ident];
    646. 

  646. 		} else {
    647. 

  647. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    648. 

  648. 				'pid,uid,title,TSconfig,is_siteroot,storage_pid,t3ver_oid,t3ver_wsid,t3ver_state,t3ver_swapmode,t3ver_stage',
    649. 

  649. 				'pages',
    650. 

  650. 				'uid=' . intval($uid) . ' ' .
    651. 

  651. 					self::deleteClause('pages') . ' ' .
    652. 

  652. 					$clause		// whereClauseMightContainGroupOrderBy
    653. 

  653. 			);
    654. 

  654. 

  655. 			$row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res);
    656. 

  656. 			if ($row) {
    657. 

  657. 				if ($workspaceOL) {
    658. 

  658. 					self::workspaceOL('pages', $row);
    659. 

  659. 				}
    660. 

  660. 				if (is_array($row)) {
    661. 

  661. 					self::fixVersioningPid('pages', $row);
    662. 

  662. 					$getPageForRootline_cache[$ident] = $row;
    663. 

  663. 				}
    664. 

  664. 			}
    665. 

  665. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    666. 

  666. 		}
    667. 

  667. 		return $row;
    668. 

  668. 	}
    669. 

  669. 

  670. 	/**
    671. 

  671. 	 * Opens the page tree to the specified page id
    672. 

  672. 	 *
    673. 

  673. 	 * @param	integer		Page id.
    674. 

  674. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, then other open branches are closed.
    675. 

  675. 	 * @return	void
    676. 

  676. 	 */
    677. 

  677. 	public static function openPageTree($pid, $clearExpansion) {
    678. 

  678. 		global $BE_USER;
    679. 

  679. 

  680. 			// Get current expansion data:
    681. 

  681. 		if ($clearExpansion) {
    682. 

  682. 			$expandedPages = array();
    683. 

  683. 		} else {
    684. 

  684. 			$expandedPages = unserialize($BE_USER->uc['browseTrees']['browsePages']);
    685. 

  685. 		}
    686. 

  686. 

  687. 			// Get rootline:
    688. 

  688. 		$rL = self::BEgetRootLine($pid);
    689. 

  689. 

  690. 			// First, find out what mount index to use (if more than one DB mount exists):
    691. 

  691. 		$mountIndex = 0;
    692. 

  692. 		$mountKeys = array_flip($BE_USER->returnWebmounts());
    693. 

  693. 		foreach($rL as $rLDat) {
    694. 

  694. 			if (isset($mountKeys[$rLDat['uid']])) {
    695. 

  695. 				$mountIndex = $mountKeys[$rLDat['uid']];
    696. 

  696. 				break;
    697. 

  697. 			}
    698. 

  698. 		}
    699. 

  699. 

  700. 			// Traverse rootline and open paths:
    701. 

  701. 		foreach($rL as $rLDat) {
    702. 

  702. 			$expandedPages[$mountIndex][$rLDat['uid']] = 1;
    703. 

  703. 		}
    704. 

  704. 

  705. 			// Write back:
    706. 

  706. 		$BE_USER->uc['browseTrees']['browsePages'] = serialize($expandedPages);
    707. 

  707. 		$BE_USER->writeUC();
    708. 

  708. 	}
    709. 

  709. 

  710. 	/**
    711. 

  711. 	 * Returns the path (visually) of a page $uid, fx. "/First page/Second page/Another subpage"
    712. 

  712. 	 * Each part of the path will be limited to $titleLimit characters
    713. 

  713. 	 * Deleted pages are filtered out.
    714. 

  714. 	 * Usage: 15
    715. 

  715. 	 *
    716. 

  716. 	 * @param	integer		Page uid for which to create record path
    717. 

  717. 	 * @param	string		$clause is additional where clauses, eg. "
    718. 

  718. 	 * @param	integer		Title limit
    719. 

  719. 	 * @param	integer		Title limit of Full title (typ. set to 1000 or so)
    720. 

  720. 	 * @return	mixed		Path of record (string) OR array with short/long title if $fullTitleLimit is set.
    721. 

  721. 	 */
    722. 

  722. 	public static function getRecordPath($uid, $clause, $titleLimit, $fullTitleLimit = 0) {
    723. 

  723. 		if (!$titleLimit) { $titleLimit = 1000; }
    724. 

  724. 

  725. 		$loopCheck = 100;
    726. 

  726. 		$output = $fullOutput = '/';
    727. 

  727. 

  728. 		$clause = trim($clause);
    729. 

  729. 		if ($clause !== '' && substr($clause, 0, 3) !== 'AND') {
    730. 

  730. 			$clause = 'AND ' . $clause;
    731. 

  731. 		}
    732. 

  732. 		$data = self::BEgetRootLine($uid, $clause);
    733. 

  733. 

  734. 		foreach ($data as $record) {
    735. 

  735. 			if ($record['uid'] === 0) {
    736. 

  736. 				continue;
    737. 

  737. 			}
    738. 

  738. 			if ($record['_ORIG_pid'] && $record['t3ver_swapmode'] > 0) {		// Branch points
    739. 

  739. 				$output = ' [#VEP#]' . $output;		// Adding visual token - Versioning Entry Point - that tells that THIS position was where the versionized branch got connected to the main tree. I will have to find a better name or something...
    740. 

  740. 			}
    741. 

  741. 			$output = '/' . t3lib_div::fixed_lgd_cs(strip_tags($record['title']), $titleLimit) . $output;
    742. 

  742. 			if ($fullTitleLimit) {
    743. 

  743. 				$fullOutput = '/' . t3lib_div::fixed_lgd_cs(strip_tags($record['title']), $fullTitleLimit) . $fullOutput;
    744. 

  744. 			}
    745. 

  745. 		}
    746. 

  746. 

  747. 		if ($fullTitleLimit) {
    748. 

  748. 			return array($output, $fullOutput);
    749. 

  749. 		} else {
    750. 

  750. 			return $output;
    751. 

  751. 		}
    752. 

  752. 	}
    753. 

  753. 

  754. 	/**
    755. 

  755. 	 * Returns an array with the exclude-fields as defined in TCA
    756. 

  756. 	 * Used for listing the exclude-fields in be_groups forms
    757. 

  757. 	 * Usage: 2 (t3lib_tceforms + t3lib_transferdata)
    758. 

  758. 	 *
    759. 

  759. 	 * @return	array		Array of arrays with excludeFields (fieldname, table:fieldname) from all TCA entries
    760. 

  760. 	 */
    761. 

  761. 	public static function getExcludeFields() {
    762. 

  762. 		global $TCA;
    763. 

  763. 			// All TCA keys:
    764. 

  764. 		$theExcludeArray = Array();
    765. 

  765. 		$tc_keys = array_keys($TCA);
    766. 

  766. 		foreach($tc_keys as $table) {
    767. 

  767. 				// Load table
    768. 

  768. 			t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    769. 

  769. 				// All field names configured:
    770. 

  770. 			if (is_array($TCA[$table]['columns'])) {
    771. 

  771. 				$f_keys = array_keys($TCA[$table]['columns']);
    772. 

  772. 				foreach($f_keys as $field) {
    773. 

  773. 					if ($TCA[$table]['columns'][$field]['exclude']) {
    774. 

  774. 							// Get Human Readable names of fields and table:
    775. 

  775. 						$Fname = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sl($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['title']).': '.$GLOBALS['LANG']->sl($TCA[$table]['columns'][$field]['label']);
    776. 

  776. 							// add entry:
    777. 

  777. 						$theExcludeArray[] = Array($Fname, $table.':'.$field);
    778. 

  778. 					}
    779. 

  779. 				}
    780. 

  780. 			}
    781. 

  781. 		}
    782. 

  782. 		return $theExcludeArray;
    783. 

  783. 	}
    784. 

  784. 

  785. 	/**
    786. 

  786. 	 * Returns an array with explicit Allow/Deny fields.
    787. 

  787. 	 * Used for listing these field/value pairs in be_groups forms
    788. 

  788. 	 *
    789. 

  789. 	 * @return	array		Array with information from all of $TCA
    790. 

  790. 	 */
    791. 

  791. 	public static function getExplicitAuthFieldValues() {
    792. 

  792. 		global $TCA;
    793. 

  793. 

  794. 			// Initialize:
    795. 

  795. 		$adLabel = array(
    796. 

  796. 			'ALLOW' => $GLOBALS['LANG']->sl('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:labels.allow'),
    797. 

  797. 			'DENY' => $GLOBALS['LANG']->sl('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:labels.deny'),
    798. 

  798. 		);
    799. 

  799. 

  800. 			// All TCA keys:
    801. 

  801. 		$allowDenyOptions = Array();
    802. 

  802. 		$tc_keys = array_keys($TCA);
    803. 

  803. 		foreach($tc_keys as $table)	{
    804. 

  804. 

  805. 				// Load table
    806. 

  806. 			t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    807. 

  807. 

  808. 				// All field names configured:
    809. 

  809. 			if (is_array($TCA[$table]['columns'])) {
    810. 

  810. 				$f_keys = array_keys($TCA[$table]['columns']);
    811. 

  811. 				foreach($f_keys as $field) {
    812. 

  812. 					$fCfg = $TCA[$table]['columns'][$field]['config'];
    813. 

  813. 					if ($fCfg['type']=='select' && $fCfg['authMode'])	{
    814. 

  814. 

  815. 							// Check for items:
    816. 

  816. 						if (is_array($fCfg['items'])) {
    817. 

  817. 								// Get Human Readable names of fields and table:
    818. 

  818. 							$allowDenyOptions[$table.':'.$field]['tableFieldLabel'] = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sl($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['title']).': '.$GLOBALS['LANG']->sl($TCA[$table]['columns'][$field]['label']);
    819. 

  819. 

  820. 								// Check for items:
    821. 

  821. 							foreach($fCfg['items'] as $iVal) {
    822. 

  822. 								if (strcmp($iVal[1], ''))	{	// Values '' is not controlled by this setting.
    823. 

  823. 

  824. 										// Find iMode:
    825. 

  825. 									$iMode = '';
    826. 

  826. 									switch((string)$fCfg['authMode']) {
    827. 

  827. 										case 'explicitAllow':
    828. 

  828. 											$iMode = 'ALLOW';
    829. 

  829. 										break;
    830. 

  830. 										case 'explicitDeny':
    831. 

  831. 											$iMode = 'DENY';
    832. 

  832. 										break;
    833. 

  833. 										case 'individual':
    834. 

  834. 											if (!strcmp($iVal[4], 'EXPL_ALLOW')) {
    835. 

  835. 												$iMode = 'ALLOW';
    836. 

  836. 											} elseif (!strcmp($iVal[4], 'EXPL_DENY')) {
    837. 

  837. 												$iMode = 'DENY';
    838. 

  838. 											}
    839. 

  839. 										break;
    840. 

  840. 									}
    841. 

  841. 

  842. 										// Set iMode:
    843. 

  843. 									if ($iMode) {
    844. 

  844. 										$allowDenyOptions[$table.':'.$field]['items'][$iVal[1]] = array($iMode, $GLOBALS['LANG']->sl($iVal[0]), $adLabel[$iMode]);
    845. 

  845. 									}
    846. 

  846. 								}
    847. 

  847. 							}
    848. 

  848. 						}
    849. 

  849. 					}
    850. 

  850. 				}
    851. 

  851. 			}
    852. 

  852. 		}
    853. 

  853. 

  854. 		return $allowDenyOptions;
    855. 

  855. 	}
    856. 

  856. 

  857. 	/**
    858. 

  858. 	 * Returns an array with system languages:
    859. 

  859. 	 *
    860. 

  860. 	 * @return	array		Array with languages
    861. 

  861. 	 */
    862. 

  862. 	public static function getSystemLanguages()	{
    863. 

  863. 

  864. 			// Initialize, add default language:
    865. 

  865. 		$sysLanguages = array();
    866. 

  866. 		$sysLanguages[] = array('Default language', 0);
    867. 

  867. 

  868. 			// Traverse languages
    869. 

  869. 		$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery('uid,title,flag', 'sys_language', 'pid=0' . self::deleteClause('sys_language'));
    870. 

  870. 		while($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res)) {
    871. 

  871. 			$sysLanguages[] = array(
    872. 

  872. 				htmlspecialchars($row['title']) . ' [' . $row['uid'] . ']',
    873. 

  873. 				$row['uid'],
    874. 

  874. 				($row['flag'] ? 'flags/' . $row['flag'] : '')
    875. 

  875. 			);
    876. 

  876. 		}
    877. 

  877. 		$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    878. 

  878. 

  879. 		return $sysLanguages;
    880. 

  880. 	}
    881. 

  881. 

  882. 	/**
    883. 

  883. 	 * Determines whether a table is localizable and has the languageField and transOrigPointerField set in $TCA.
    884. 

  884. 	 *
    885. 

  885. 	 * @param	string		$table: The table to check
    886. 

  886. 	 * @return	boolean		Whether a table is localizable
    887. 

  887. 	 */
    888. 

  888. 	public static function isTableLocalizable($table) {
    889. 

  889. 		$isLocalizable = false;
    890. 

  890. 		if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']) && is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl'])) {
    891. 

  891. 			$tcaCtrl = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl'];
    892. 

  892. 			$isLocalizable = (isset($tcaCtrl['languageField']) && $tcaCtrl['languageField'] && isset($tcaCtrl['transOrigPointerField']) && $tcaCtrl['transOrigPointerField']);
    893. 

  893. 		}
    894. 

  894. 		return $isLocalizable;
    895. 

  895. 	}
    896. 

  896. 

  897. 	/**
    898. 

  898. 	 * Returns the value of the property localizationMode in the given $config array ($TCA[<table>]['columns'][<field>]['config']).
    899. 

  899. 	 * If the table is prepared for localization and no localizationMode is set, 'select' is returned by default.
    900. 

  900. 	 * If the table is not prepared for localization or not defined at all in $TCA, false is returned.
    901. 

  901. 	 *
    902. 

  902. 	 * @param	string		$table: The name of the table to lookup in TCA
    903. 

  903. 	 * @param	mixed		$fieldOrConfig: The fieldname (string) or the configuration of the field to check (array)
    904. 

  904. 	 * @return	mixed		If table is localizable, the set localizationMode is returned (if property is not set, 'select' is returned by default); if table is not localizable, false is returned
    905. 

  905. 	 */
    906. 

  906. 	public static function getInlineLocalizationMode($table, $fieldOrConfig) {
    907. 

  907. 		$localizationMode = false;
    908. 

  908. 		if (is_array($fieldOrConfig) && count($fieldOrConfig)) {
    909. 

  909. 			$config = $fieldOrConfig;
    910. 

  910. 		} elseif (is_string($fieldOrConfig) && isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$fieldOrConfig]['config'])) {
    911. 

  911. 			$config = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['columns'][$fieldOrConfig]['config'];
    912. 

  912. 		}
    913. 

  913. 		if (is_array($config) && isset($config['type']) && $config['type']=='inline' && self::isTableLocalizable($table)) {
    914. 

  914. 			$localizationMode = (isset($config['behaviour']['localizationMode']) && $config['behaviour']['localizationMode'] ? $config['behaviour']['localizationMode'] : 'select');
    915. 

  915. 				// The mode 'select' is not possible when child table is not localizable at all:
    916. 

  916. 			if ($localizationMode=='select' && !self::isTableLocalizable($config['foreign_table'])) {
    917. 

  917. 				$localizationMode = false;
    918. 

  918. 			}
    919. 

  919. 		}
    920. 

  920. 		return $localizationMode;
    921. 

  921. 	}
    922. 

  922. 

  923. 	/**
    924. 

  924. 	 * Returns a page record (of page with $id) with an extra field "_thePath" set to the record path IF the WHERE clause, $perms_clause, selects the record. Thus is works as an access check that returns a page record if access was granted, otherwise not.
    925. 

  925. 	 * If $id is zero a pseudo root-page with "_thePath" set is returned IF the current BE_USER is admin.
    926. 

  926. 	 * In any case ->isInWebMount must return true for the user (regardless of $perms_clause)
    927. 

  927. 	 * Usage: 21
    928. 

  928. 	 *
    929. 

  929. 	 * @param	integer		Page uid for which to check read-access
    930. 

  930. 	 * @param	string		$perms_clause is typically a value generated with $BE_USER->getPagePermsClause(1);
    931. 

  931. 	 * @return	array		Returns page record if OK, otherwise false.
    932. 

  932. 	 */
    933. 

  933. 	public static function readPageAccess($id, $perms_clause) {
    934. 

  934. 		if ((string)$id!='') {
    935. 

  935. 			$id = intval($id);
    936. 

  936. 			if (!$id) {
    937. 

  937. 				if ($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->isAdmin()) {
    938. 

  938. 					$path = '/';
    939. 

  939. 					$pageinfo['_thePath'] = $path;
    940. 

  940. 					return $pageinfo;
    941. 

  941. 				}
    942. 

  942. 			} else {
    943. 

  943. 				$pageinfo = self::getRecord('pages', $id, '*', ($perms_clause ? ' AND ' . $perms_clause : ''));
    944. 

  944. 				if ($pageinfo['uid'] && $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->isInWebMount($id, $perms_clause)) {
    945. 

  945. 					self::workspaceOL('pages', $pageinfo);
    946. 

  946. 					if (is_array($pageinfo)) {
    947. 

  947. 						self::fixVersioningPid('pages', $pageinfo);
    948. 

  948. 						list($pageinfo['_thePath'], $pageinfo['_thePathFull']) = self::getRecordPath(intval($pageinfo['uid']), $perms_clause, 15, 1000);
    949. 

  949. 						return $pageinfo;
    950. 

  950. 					}
    951. 

  951. 				}
    952. 

  952. 			}
    953. 

  953. 		}
    954. 

  954. 		return false;
    955. 

  955. 	}
    956. 

  956. 

  957. 	/**
    958. 

  958. 	 * Returns the "types" configuration parsed into an array for the record, $rec, from table, $table
    959. 

  959. 	 * Usage: 6
    960. 

  960. 	 *
    961. 

  961. 	 * @param	string		Table name (present in TCA)
    962. 

  962. 	 * @param	array		Record from $table
    963. 

  963. 	 * @param	boolean		If $useFieldNameAsKey is set, then the fieldname is associative keys in the return array, otherwise just numeric keys.
    964. 

  964. 	 * @return	array
    965. 

  965. 	 */
    966. 

  966. 	public static function getTCAtypes($table, $rec, $useFieldNameAsKey = 0) {
    967. 

  967. 		global $TCA;
    968. 

  968. 

  969. 		t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    970. 

  970. 		if ($TCA[$table])	{
    971. 

  971. 

  972. 				// Get type value:
    973. 

  973. 			$fieldValue = self::getTCAtypeValue($table, $rec);
    974. 

  974. 

  975. 				// Get typesConf
    976. 

  976. 			$typesConf = $TCA[$table]['types'][$fieldValue];
    977. 

  977. 

  978. 				// Get fields list and traverse it
    979. 

  979. 			$fieldList = explode(',', $typesConf['showitem']);
    980. 

  980. 			$altFieldList = array();
    981. 

  981. 

  982. 				// Traverse fields in types config and parse the configuration into a nice array:
    983. 

  983. 			foreach($fieldList as $k => $v) {
    984. 

  984. 				list($pFieldName, $pAltTitle, $pPalette, $pSpec) = t3lib_div::trimExplode(';', $v);
    985. 

  985. 				$defaultExtras = is_array($TCA[$table]['columns'][$pFieldName]) ? $TCA[$table]['columns'][$pFieldName]['defaultExtras'] : '';
    986. 

  986. 				$specConfParts = self::getSpecConfParts($pSpec, $defaultExtras);
    987. 

  987. 

  988. 				$fieldList[$k] = array(
    989. 

  989. 					'field' => $pFieldName,
    990. 

  990. 					'title' => $pAltTitle,
    991. 

  991. 					'palette' => $pPalette,
    992. 

  992. 					'spec' => $specConfParts,
    993. 

  993. 					'origString' => $v
    994. 

  994. 				);
    995. 

  995. 				if ($useFieldNameAsKey) {
    996. 

  996. 					$altFieldList[$fieldList[$k]['field']] = $fieldList[$k];
    997. 

  997. 				}
    998. 

  998. 			}
    999. 

  999. 			if ($useFieldNameAsKey) {
    1000. 

  1000. 				$fieldList = $altFieldList;
    1001. 

  1001. 			}
    1002. 

  1002. 

  1003. 				// Return array:
    1004. 

  1004. 			return $fieldList;
    1005. 

  1005. 		}
    1006. 

  1006. 	}
    1007. 

  1007. 

  1008. 	/**
    1009. 

  1009. 	 * Returns the "type" value of $rec from $table which can be used to look up the correct "types" rendering section in $TCA
    1010. 

  1010. 	 * If no "type" field is configured in the "ctrl"-section of the $TCA for the table, zero is used.
    1011. 

  1011. 	 * If zero is not an index in the "types" section of $TCA for the table, then the $fieldValue returned will default to 1 (no matter if that is an index or not)
    1012. 

  1012. 	 * Usage: 7
    1013. 

  1013. 	 *
    1014. 

  1014. 	 * @param	string		Table name present in TCA
    1015. 

  1015. 	 * @param	array		Record from $table
    1016. 

  1016. 	 * @return	string		Field value
    1017. 

  1017. 	 * @see getTCAtypes()
    1018. 

  1018. 	 */
    1019. 

  1019. 	public static function getTCAtypeValue($table, $rec) {
    1020. 

  1020. 		global $TCA;
    1021. 

  1021. 

  1022. 			// If no field-value, set it to zero. If there is no type matching the field-value (which now may be zero...) test field-value '1' as default.
    1023. 

  1023. 		t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    1024. 

  1024. 		if ($TCA[$table]) {
    1025. 

  1025. 			$field = $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['type'];
    1026. 

  1026. 			$fieldValue = $field ? ($rec[$field] ? $rec[$field] : 0) : 0;
    1027. 

  1027. 			if (!is_array($TCA[$table]['types'][$fieldValue]))	$fieldValue = 1;
    1028. 

  1028. 			return $fieldValue;
    1029. 

  1029. 		}
    1030. 

  1030. 	}
    1031. 

  1031. 

  1032. 	/**
    1033. 

  1033. 	 * Parses a part of the field lists in the "types"-section of $TCA arrays, namely the "special configuration" at index 3 (position 4)
    1034. 

  1034. 	 * Elements are splitted by ":" and within those parts, parameters are splitted by "|".
    1035. 

  1035. 	 * Everything is returned in an array and you should rather see it visually than listen to me anymore now...  Check out example in Inside TYPO3
    1036. 

  1036. 	 * Usage: 5
    1037. 

  1037. 	 *
    1038. 

  1038. 	 * @param	string		Content from the "types" configuration of TCA (the special configuration) - see description of function
    1039. 

  1039. 	 * @param	string		The ['defaultExtras'] value from field configuration
    1040. 

  1040. 	 * @return	array
    1041. 

  1041. 	 */
    1042. 

  1042. 	public static function getSpecConfParts($str, $defaultExtras)	{
    1043. 

  1043. 

  1044. 			// Add defaultExtras:
    1045. 

  1045. 		$specConfParts = t3lib_div::trimExplode(':', $defaultExtras.':'.$str, 1);
    1046. 

  1046. 

  1047. 		$reg = array();
    1048. 

  1048. 		if (count($specConfParts)) {
    1049. 

  1049. 			foreach($specConfParts as $k2 => $v2) {
    1050. 

  1050. 				unset($specConfParts[$k2]);
    1051. 

  1051. 				if (preg_match('/(.*)\[(.*)\]/', $v2, $reg)) {
    1052. 

  1052. 					$specConfParts[trim($reg[1])] = array(
    1053. 

  1053. 						'parameters' => t3lib_div::trimExplode('|', $reg[2], 1)
    1054. 

  1054. 					);
    1055. 

  1055. 				} else {
    1056. 

  1056. 					$specConfParts[trim($v2)] = 1;
    1057. 

  1057. 				}
    1058. 

  1058. 			}
    1059. 

  1059. 		} else {
    1060. 

  1060. 			$specConfParts = array();
    1061. 

  1061. 		}
    1062. 

  1062. 		return $specConfParts;
    1063. 

  1063. 	}
    1064. 

  1064. 

  1065. 	/**
    1066. 

  1066. 	 * Takes an array of "[key] = [value]" strings and returns an array with the keys set as keys pointing to the value.
    1067. 

  1067. 	 * Better see it in action! Find example in Inside TYPO3
    1068. 

  1068. 	 * Usage: 6
    1069. 

  1069. 	 *
    1070. 

  1070. 	 * @param	array		Array of "[key] = [value]" strings to convert.
    1071. 

  1071. 	 * @return	array
    1072. 

  1072. 	 */
    1073. 

  1073. 	public static function getSpecConfParametersFromArray($pArr) {
    1074. 

  1074. 		$out = array();
    1075. 

  1075. 		if (is_array($pArr)) {
    1076. 

  1076. 			foreach ($pArr as $k => $v) {
    1077. 

  1077. 				$parts = explode('=', $v, 2);
    1078. 

  1078. 				if (count($parts)==2) {
    1079. 

  1079. 					$out[trim($parts[0])] = trim($parts[1]);
    1080. 

  1080. 				} else {
    1081. 

  1081. 					$out[$k] = $v;
    1082. 

  1082. 				}
    1083. 

  1083. 			}
    1084. 

  1084. 		}
    1085. 

  1085. 		return $out;
    1086. 

  1086. 	}
    1087. 

  1087. 

  1088. 	/**
    1089. 

  1089. 	 * Finds the Data Structure for a FlexForm field
    1090. 

  1090. 	 * NOTE ON data structures for deleted records: This function may fail to deliver the data structure for a record for a few reasons: a) The data structure could be deleted (either with deleted-flagged or hard-deleted), b) the data structure is fetched using the ds_pointerField_searchParent in which case any deleted record on the route to the final location of the DS will make it fail. In theory, we can solve the problem in the case where records that are deleted-flagged keeps us from finding the DS - this is done at the markers ###NOTE_A### where we make sure to also select deleted records. However, we generally want the DS lookup to fail for deleted records since for the working website we expect a deleted-flagged record to be as inaccessible as one that is completely deleted from the DB. Any way we look at it, this may lead to integrity problems of the reference index and even lost files if attached. However, that is not really important considering that a single change to a data structure can instantly invalidate large amounts of the reference index which we do accept as a cost for the flexform features. Other than requiring a reference index update, deletion of/changes in data structure or the failure to look them up when completely deleting records may lead to lost files in the uploads/ folders since those are now without a proper reference.
    1091. 

  1091. 	 * Usage: 5
    1092. 

  1092. 	 *
    1093. 

  1093. 	 * @param	array		Field config array
    1094. 

  1094. 	 * @param	array		Record data
    1095. 

  1095. 	 * @param	string		The table name
    1096. 

  1096. 	 * @param	string		Optional fieldname passed to hook object
    1097. 

  1097. 	 * @param	boolean		Boolean; If set, workspace overlay is applied to records. This is correct behaviour for all presentation and export, but NOT if you want a true reflection of how things are in the live workspace.
    1098. 

  1098. 	 * @param	integer		SPECIAL CASES: Use this, if the DataStructure may come from a parent record and the INPUT row doesn't have a uid yet (hence, the pid cannot be looked up). Then it is necessary to supply a PID value to search recursively in for the DS (used from TCEmain)
    1099. 

  1099. 	 * @return	mixed		If array, the data structure was found and returned as an array. Otherwise (string) it is an error message.
    1100. 

  1100. 	 * @see t3lib_TCEforms::getSingleField_typeFlex()
    1101. 

  1101. 	 */
    1102. 

  1102. 	public static function getFlexFormDS($conf, $row, $table, $fieldName = '', $WSOL = TRUE, $newRecordPidValue = 0) {
    1103. 

  1103. 		global $TYPO3_CONF_VARS;
    1104. 

  1104. 

  1105. 			// Get pointer field etc from TCA-config:
    1106. 

  1106. 		$ds_pointerField = 	$conf['ds_pointerField'];
    1107. 

  1107. 		$ds_array = 		$conf['ds'];
    1108. 

  1108. 		$ds_tableField = 	$conf['ds_tableField'];
    1109. 

  1109. 		$ds_searchParentField = 	$conf['ds_pointerField_searchParent'];
    1110. 

  1110. 

  1111. 			// Find source value:
    1112. 

  1112. 		$dataStructArray = '';
    1113. 

  1113. 		if (is_array($ds_array))	{	// If there is a data source array, that takes precedence
    1114. 

  1114. 				// If a pointer field is set, take the value from that field in the $row array and use as key.
    1115. 

  1115. 			if ($ds_pointerField)	{
    1116. 

  1116. 

  1117. 					// Up to two pointer fields can be specified in a comma separated list.
    1118. 

  1118. 				$pointerFields = t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $ds_pointerField);
    1119. 

  1119. 				if(count($pointerFields) == 2) { // If we have two pointer fields, the array keys should contain both field values separated by comma. The asterisk "*" catches all values. For backwards compatibility, it's also possible to specify only the value of the first defined ds_pointerField.
    1120. 

  1120. 					if($ds_array[$row[$pointerFields[0]].','.$row[$pointerFields[1]]]) {	// Check if we have a DS for the combination of both pointer fields values
    1121. 

  1121. 						$srcPointer = $row[$pointerFields[0]].','.$row[$pointerFields[1]];
    1122. 

  1122. 					} elseif($ds_array[$row[$pointerFields[1]].',*']) {	// Check if we have a DS for the value of the first pointer field suffixed with ",*"
    1123. 

  1123. 						$srcPointer = $row[$pointerFields[1]].',*';
    1124. 

  1124. 					} elseif($ds_array['*,'.$row[$pointerFields[1]]]) {	// Check if we have a DS for the value of the second pointer field prefixed with "*,"
    1125. 

  1125. 						$srcPointer = '*,'.$row[$pointerFields[1]];
    1126. 

  1126. 					} elseif($ds_array[$row[$pointerFields[0]]]) {	// Check if we have a DS for just the value of the first pointer field (mainly for backwards compatibility)
    1127. 

  1127. 						$srcPointer = $row[$pointerFields[0]];
    1128. 

  1128. 					}
    1129. 

  1129. 				} else {
    1130. 

  1130. 					$srcPointer = $row[$pointerFields[0]];
    1131. 

  1131. 				}
    1132. 

  1132. 

  1133. 				$srcPointer = isset($ds_array[$srcPointer]) ? $srcPointer : 'default';
    1134. 

  1134. 			} else $srcPointer = 'default';
    1135. 

  1135. 

  1136. 				// Get Data Source: Detect if it's a file reference and in that case read the file and parse as XML. Otherwise the value is expected to be XML.
    1137. 

  1137. 			if (substr($ds_array[$srcPointer], 0, 5)=='FILE:') {
    1138. 

  1138. 				$file = t3lib_div::getFileAbsFileName(substr($ds_array[$srcPointer], 5));
    1139. 

  1139. 				if ($file && @is_file($file)) {
    1140. 

  1140. 					$dataStructArray = t3lib_div::xml2array(t3lib_div::getUrl($file));
    1141. 

  1141. 				} else $dataStructArray = 'The file "'.substr($ds_array[$srcPointer], 5).'" in ds-array key "'.$srcPointer.'" was not found ("'.$file.'")';	// Error message.
    1142. 

  1142. 			} else {
    1143. 

  1143. 				$dataStructArray = t3lib_div::xml2array($ds_array[$srcPointer]);
    1144. 

  1144. 			}
    1145. 

  1145. 

  1146. 		} elseif ($ds_pointerField) {	// If pointer field AND possibly a table/field is set:
    1147. 

  1147. 				// Value of field pointed to:
    1148. 

  1148. 			$srcPointer = $row[$ds_pointerField];
    1149. 

  1149. 

  1150. 				// Searching recursively back if 'ds_pointerField_searchParent' is defined (typ. a page rootline, or maybe a tree-table):
    1151. 

  1151. 			if ($ds_searchParentField && !$srcPointer) {
    1152. 

  1152. 				$rr = self::getRecord($table, $row['uid'], 'uid,' . $ds_searchParentField);	// Get the "pid" field - we cannot know that it is in the input record! ###NOTE_A###
    1153. 

  1153. 				if ($WSOL) {
    1154. 

  1154. 					self::workspaceOL($table, $rr);
    1155. 

  1155. 					self::fixVersioningPid($table, $rr, TRUE);	// Added "TRUE" 23/03/06 before 4.0. (Also to similar call below!).  Reason: When t3lib_refindex is scanning the system in Live workspace all Pages with FlexForms will not find their inherited datastructure. Thus all references from workspaces are removed! Setting TRUE means that versioning PID doesn't check workspace of the record. I can't see that this should give problems anywhere. See more information inside t3lib_refindex!
    1156. 

  1156. 				}
    1157. 

  1157. 				$uidAcc = array();	// Used to avoid looping, if any should happen.
    1158. 

  1158. 				$subFieldPointer = $conf['ds_pointerField_searchParent_subField'];
    1159. 

  1159. 				while(!$srcPointer)		{
    1160. 

  1160. 

  1161. 					$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    1162. 

  1162. 									'uid,'.$ds_pointerField.','.$ds_searchParentField.($subFieldPointer?','.$subFieldPointer:''),
    1163. 

  1163. 									$table,
    1164. 

  1164. 									'uid=' . intval($newRecordPidValue ? $newRecordPidValue : $rr[$ds_searchParentField]) . self::deleteClause($table)	###NOTE_A###
    1165. 

  1165. 								);
    1166. 

  1166. 					$newRecordPidValue = 0;
    1167. 

  1167. 					$rr = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res);
    1168. 

  1168. 					$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    1169. 

  1169. 

  1170. 						// break if no result from SQL db or if looping...
    1171. 

  1171. 					if (!is_array($rr) || isset($uidAcc[$rr['uid']]))	break;
    1172. 

  1172. 					$uidAcc[$rr['uid']] = 1;
    1173. 

  1173. 

  1174. 					if ($WSOL) {
    1175. 

  1175. 						self::workspaceOL($table, $rr);
    1176. 

  1176. 						self::fixVersioningPid($table, $rr, TRUE);
    1177. 

  1177. 					}
    1178. 

  1178. 					$srcPointer = ($subFieldPointer && $rr[$subFieldPointer]) ? $rr[$subFieldPointer] : $rr[$ds_pointerField];
    1179. 

  1179. 				}
    1180. 

  1180. 			}
    1181. 

  1181. 

  1182. 				// If there is a srcPointer value:
    1183. 

  1183. 			if ($srcPointer) {
    1184. 

  1184. 				if (t3lib_div::testInt($srcPointer))	{	// If integer, then its a record we will look up:
    1185. 

  1185. 					list($tName, $fName) = explode(':', $ds_tableField, 2);
    1186. 

  1186. 					if ($tName && $fName && is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tName])) {
    1187. 

  1187. 						$dataStructRec = self::getRecord($tName, $srcPointer);
    1188. 

  1188. 						if ($WSOL) {
    1189. 

  1189. 							self::workspaceOL($tName, $dataStructRec);
    1190. 

  1190. 						}
    1191. 

  1191. 						$dataStructArray = t3lib_div::xml2array($dataStructRec[$fName]);
    1192. 

  1192. 					} else $dataStructArray = 'No tablename ('.$tName.') or fieldname ('.$fName.') was found an valid!';
    1193. 

  1193. 				} else {	// Otherwise expect it to be a file:
    1194. 

  1194. 					$file = t3lib_div::getFileAbsFileName($srcPointer);
    1195. 

  1195. 					if ($file && @is_file($file)) {
    1196. 

  1196. 						$dataStructArray = t3lib_div::xml2array(t3lib_div::getUrl($file));
    1197. 

  1197. 					} else $dataStructArray = 'The file "'.$srcPointer.'" was not found ("'.$file.'")';	// Error message.
    1198. 

  1198. 				}
    1199. 

  1199. 			} else $dataStructArray = 'No source value in fieldname "'.$ds_pointerField.'"';	// Error message.
    1200. 

  1200. 		} else $dataStructArray = 'No proper configuration!';
    1201. 

  1201. 

  1202. 			// Hook for post-processing the Flexform DS. Introduces the possibility to configure Flexforms via TSConfig
    1203. 

  1203. 		if (is_array ($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['getFlexFormDSClass'])) {
    1204. 

  1204. 			foreach ($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['getFlexFormDSClass'] as $classRef) {
    1205. 

  1205. 				$hookObj = t3lib_div::getUserObj($classRef);
    1206. 

  1206. 				if (method_exists($hookObj, 'getFlexFormDS_postProcessDS')) {
    1207. 

  1207. 					$hookObj->getFlexFormDS_postProcessDS($dataStructArray, $conf, $row, $table, $fieldName);
    1208. 

  1208. 				}
    1209. 

  1209. 			}
    1210. 

  1210. 		}
    1211. 

  1211. 

  1212. 		return $dataStructArray;
    1213. 

  1213. 	}
    1214. 

  1214. 

  1215. 

  1216. 

  1217. 

  1218. 

  1219. 

  1220. 

  1221. 

  1222. 

  1223. 

  1224. 

  1225. 

  1226. 

  1227. 

  1228. 

  1229. 

  1230. 

  1231. 

  1232. 	/*******************************************
    1233. 

  1233. 	 *
    1234. 

  1234. 	 * Caching related
    1235. 

  1235. 	 *
    1236. 

  1236. 	 *******************************************/
    1237. 

  1237. 

  1238. 	/**
    1239. 

  1239. 	 * Stores the string value $data in the 'cache_hash' cache with the
    1240. 

  1240. 	 * hash key, $hash, and visual/symbolic identification, $ident
    1241. 

  1241. 	 * IDENTICAL to the function by same name found in t3lib_page:
    1242. 

  1242. 	 * Usage: 2
    1243. 

  1243. 	 *
    1244. 

  1244. 	 * @param	string		32 bit hash string (eg. a md5 hash of a serialized array identifying the data being stored)
    1245. 

  1245. 	 * @param	string		The data string. If you want to store an array, then just serialize it first.
    1246. 

  1246. 	 * @param	string		$ident is just a textual identification in order to inform about the content!
    1247. 

  1247. 	 * @return	void
    1248. 

  1248. 	 */
    1249. 

  1249. 	public static function storeHash($hash, $data, $ident) {
    1250. 

  1250. 		if (TYPO3_UseCachingFramework) {
    1251. 

  1251. 			$GLOBALS['typo3CacheManager']->getCache('cache_hash')->set(
    1252. 

  1252. 				$hash,
    1253. 

  1253. 				$data,
    1254. 

  1254. 				array('ident_' . $ident),
    1255. 

  1255. 				0 // unlimited lifetime
    1256. 

  1256. 			);
    1257. 

  1257. 		} else {
    1258. 

  1258. 			$insertFields = array(
    1259. 

  1259. 				'hash' => $hash,
    1260. 

  1260. 				'content' => $data,
    1261. 

  1261. 				'ident' => $ident,
    1262. 

  1262. 				'tstamp' => $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME']
    1263. 

  1263. 			);
    1264. 

  1264. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_DELETEquery('cache_hash', 'hash='.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($hash, 'cache_hash'));
    1265. 

  1265. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_INSERTquery('cache_hash', $insertFields);
    1266. 

  1266. 		}
    1267. 

  1267. 	}
    1268. 

  1268. 

  1269. 	/**
    1270. 

  1270. 	 * Returns string value stored for the hash string in the cache "cache_hash"
    1271. 

  1271. 	 * Can be used to retrieved a cached value
    1272. 

  1272. 	 *
    1273. 

  1273. 	 * IDENTICAL to the function by same name found in t3lib_page
    1274. 

  1274. 	 *
    1275. 

  1275. 	 * @param	string		The hash-string which was used to store the data value
    1276. 

  1276. 	 * @return	string
    1277. 

  1277. 	 */
    1278. 

  1278. 	public static function getHash($hash, $expTime = 0) {
    1279. 

  1279. 		$hashContent = null;
    1280. 

  1280. 		if (TYPO3_UseCachingFramework) {
    1281. 

  1281. 			$contentHashCache = $GLOBALS['typo3CacheManager']->getCache('cache_hash');
    1282. 

  1282. 			$cacheEntry = $contentHashCache->get($hash);
    1283. 

  1283. 

  1284. 			if ($cacheEntry) {
    1285. 

  1285. 				$hashContent = $cacheEntry;
    1286. 

  1286. 			}
    1287. 

  1287. 		} else {
    1288. 

  1288. 			$expTime = intval($expTime);
    1289. 

  1289. 			if ($expTime) {
    1290. 

  1290. 				$whereAdd = ' AND tstamp > '.(time()-$expTime);
    1291. 

  1291. 			}
    1292. 

  1292. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery('content', 'cache_hash', 'hash='.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($hash, 'cache_hash').$whereAdd);
    1293. 

  1293. 			$row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res);
    1294. 

  1294. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    1295. 

  1295. 

  1296. 			$hashContent =  (is_array($row) ? $row['content'] : null);
    1297. 

  1297. 		}
    1298. 

  1298. 		return $hashContent;
    1299. 

  1299. 	}
    1300. 

  1300. 

  1301. 

  1302. 

  1303. 

  1304. 

  1305. 

  1306. 

  1307. 

  1308. 	/*******************************************
    1309. 

  1309. 	 *
    1310. 

  1310. 	 * TypoScript related
    1311. 

  1311. 	 *
    1312. 

  1312. 	 *******************************************/
    1313. 

  1313. 

  1314. 	/**
    1315. 

  1315. 	 * Returns the Page TSconfig for page with id, $id
    1316. 

  1316. 	 * Requires class "t3lib_TSparser"
    1317. 

  1317. 	 * Usage: 26 (spec. in ext info_pagetsconfig)
    1318. 

  1318. 	 *
    1319. 

  1319. 	 * @param	integer		Page uid for which to create Page TSconfig
    1320. 

  1320. 	 * @param	array		If $rootLine is an array, that is used as rootline, otherwise rootline is just calculated
    1321. 

  1321. 	 * @param	boolean		If $returnPartArray is set, then the array with accumulated Page TSconfig is returned non-parsed. Otherwise the output will be parsed by the TypoScript parser.
    1322. 

  1322. 	 * @return	array		Page TSconfig
    1323. 

  1323. 	 * @see t3lib_TSparser
    1324. 

  1324. 	 */
    1325. 

  1325. 	public static function getPagesTSconfig($id, $rootLine = '', $returnPartArray = 0) {
    1326. 

  1326. 		$id = intval($id);
    1327. 

  1327. 		if (!is_array($rootLine)) {
    1328. 

  1328. 			$rootLine = self::BEgetRootLine($id, '', TRUE);
    1329. 

  1329. 		}
    1330. 

  1330. 		ksort($rootLine);	// Order correctly
    1331. 

  1331. 		$TSdataArray = array();
    1332. 

  1332. 		$TSdataArray['defaultPageTSconfig'] = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['defaultPageTSconfig'];	// Setting default configuration:
    1333. 

  1333. 		foreach($rootLine as $k => $v) {
    1334. 

  1334. 			$TSdataArray['uid_'.$v['uid']] = $v['TSconfig'];
    1335. 

  1335. 		}
    1336. 

  1336. 		$TSdataArray = t3lib_TSparser::checkIncludeLines_array($TSdataArray);
    1337. 

  1337. 		if ($returnPartArray) {
    1338. 

  1338. 			return $TSdataArray;
    1339. 

  1339. 		}
    1340. 

  1340. 

  1341. 			// Parsing the page TS-Config (or getting from cache)
    1342. 

  1342. 		$pageTS = implode(LF . '[GLOBAL]' . LF, $TSdataArray);
    1343. 

  1343. 		if ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['TSconfigConditions']) {
    1344. 

  1344. 			/* @var $parseObj t3lib_TSparser_TSconfig */
    1345. 

  1345. 			$parseObj = t3lib_div::makeInstance('t3lib_TSparser_TSconfig');
    1346. 

  1346. 			$res = $parseObj->parseTSconfig($pageTS, 'PAGES', $id, $rootLine);
    1347. 

  1347. 			if ($res) {
    1348. 

  1348. 				$TSconfig = $res['TSconfig'];
    1349. 

  1349. 			}
    1350. 

  1350. 		} else {
    1351. 

  1351. 			$hash = md5('pageTS:' . $pageTS);
    1352. 

  1352. 			$cachedContent = self::getHash($hash);
    1353. 

  1353. 			$TSconfig = array();
    1354. 

  1354. 			if (isset($cachedContent)) {
    1355. 

  1355. 				$TSconfig = unserialize($cachedContent);
    1356. 

  1356. 			} else {
    1357. 

  1357. 				$parseObj = t3lib_div::makeInstance('t3lib_TSparser');
    1358. 

  1358. 				$parseObj->parse($pageTS);
    1359. 

  1359. 				$TSconfig = $parseObj->setup;
    1360. 

  1360. 				self::storeHash($hash, serialize($TSconfig), 'PAGES_TSconfig');
    1361. 

  1361. 			}
    1362. 

  1362. 		}
    1363. 

  1363. 

  1364. 			// get User TSconfig overlay
    1365. 

  1365. 		$userTSconfig = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->userTS['page.'];
    1366. 

  1366. 		if (is_array($userTSconfig)) {
    1367. 

  1367. 			$TSconfig = t3lib_div::array_merge_recursive_overrule($TSconfig, $userTSconfig);
    1368. 

  1368. 		}
    1369. 

  1369. 		return $TSconfig;
    1370. 

  1370. 	}
    1371. 

  1371. 

  1372. 	/**
    1373. 

  1373. 	 * Updates Page TSconfig for a page with $id
    1374. 

  1374. 	 * The function seems to take $pageTS as an array with properties and compare the values with those that already exists for the "object string", $TSconfPrefix, for the page, then sets those values which were not present.
    1375. 

  1375. 	 * $impParams can be supplied as already known Page TSconfig, otherwise it's calculated.
    1376. 

  1376. 	 *
    1377. 

  1377. 	 * THIS DOES NOT CHECK ANY PERMISSIONS. SHOULD IT?
    1378. 

  1378. 	 * More documentation is needed.
    1379. 

  1379. 	 *
    1380. 

  1380. 	 * Usage: 1 (ext. direct_mail)
    1381. 

  1381. 	 *
    1382. 

  1382. 	 * @param	integer		Page id
    1383. 

  1383. 	 * @param	array		Page TS array to write
    1384. 

  1384. 	 * @param	string		Prefix for object paths
    1385. 

  1385. 	 * @param	array		[Description needed.]
    1386. 

  1386. 	 * @return	void
    1387. 

  1387. 	 * @internal
    1388. 

  1388. 	 * @see implodeTSParams(), getPagesTSconfig()
    1389. 

  1389. 	 */
    1390. 

  1390. 	public static function updatePagesTSconfig($id, $pageTS, $TSconfPrefix, $impParams = '') {
    1391. 

  1391. 		$id = intval($id);
    1392. 

  1392. 		if (is_array($pageTS) && $id>0) {
    1393. 

  1393. 			if (!is_array($impParams)) {
    1394. 

  1394. 				$impParams = self::implodeTSParams(self::getPagesTSconfig($id));
    1395. 

  1395. 			}
    1396. 

  1396. 			$set = array();
    1397. 

  1397. 			foreach ($pageTS as $f => $v) {
    1398. 

  1398. 				$f = $TSconfPrefix.$f;
    1399. 

  1399. 				if ((!isset($impParams[$f])&&trim($v)) || strcmp(trim($impParams[$f]), trim($v))) {
    1400. 

  1400. 					$set[$f] = trim($v);
    1401. 

  1401. 				}
    1402. 

  1402. 			}
    1403. 

  1403. 			if (count($set)) {
    1404. 

  1404. 					// Get page record and TS config lines
    1405. 

  1405. 				$pRec = self::getRecord('pages', $id);
    1406. 

  1406. 				$TSlines = explode(LF, $pRec['TSconfig']);
    1407. 

  1407. 				$TSlines = array_reverse($TSlines);
    1408. 

  1408. 					// Reset the set of changes.
    1409. 

  1409. 				foreach ($set as $f => $v) {
    1410. 

  1410. 					$inserted = 0;
    1411. 

  1411. 					foreach ($TSlines as $ki => $kv) {
    1412. 

  1412. 						if (substr($kv, 0, strlen($f)+1)==$f.'=') {
    1413. 

  1413. 							$TSlines[$ki] = $f.'='.$v;
    1414. 

  1414. 							$inserted = 1;
    1415. 

  1415. 							break;
    1416. 

  1416. 						}
    1417. 

  1417. 					}
    1418. 

  1418. 					if (!$inserted) {
    1419. 

  1419. 						$TSlines = array_reverse($TSlines);
    1420. 

  1420. 						$TSlines[] = $f.'='.$v;
    1421. 

  1421. 						$TSlines = array_reverse($TSlines);
    1422. 

  1422. 					}
    1423. 

  1423. 				}
    1424. 

  1424. 				$TSlines = array_reverse($TSlines);
    1425. 

  1425. 

  1426. 					// store those changes
    1427. 

  1427. 				$TSconf = implode(LF, $TSlines);
    1428. 

  1428. 

  1429. 				$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_UPDATEquery('pages', 'uid='.intval($id), array('TSconfig' => $TSconf));
    1430. 

  1430. 			}
    1431. 

  1431. 		}
    1432. 

  1432. 	}
    1433. 

  1433. 

  1434. 	/**
    1435. 

  1435. 	 * Implodes a multi dimensional TypoScript array, $p, into a one-dimentional array (return value)
    1436. 

  1436. 	 * Usage: 3
    1437. 

  1437. 	 *
    1438. 

  1438. 	 * @param	array		TypoScript structure
    1439. 

  1439. 	 * @param	string		Prefix string
    1440. 

  1440. 	 * @return	array		Imploded TypoScript objectstring/values
    1441. 

  1441. 	 */
    1442. 

  1442. 	public static function implodeTSParams($p, $k = '') {
    1443. 

  1443. 		$implodeParams = array();
    1444. 

  1444. 		if (is_array($p)) {
    1445. 

  1445. 			foreach ($p as $kb => $val) {
    1446. 

  1446. 				if (is_array($val)) {
    1447. 

  1447. 					$implodeParams = array_merge($implodeParams, self::implodeTSParams($val, $k . $kb));
    1448. 

  1448. 				} else {
    1449. 

  1449. 					$implodeParams[$k.$kb] = $val;
    1450. 

  1450. 				}
    1451. 

  1451. 			}
    1452. 

  1452. 		}
    1453. 

  1453. 		return $implodeParams;
    1454. 

  1454. 	}
    1455. 

  1455. 

  1456. 

  1457. 

  1458. 

  1459. 

  1460. 

  1461. 

  1462. 

  1463. 	/*******************************************
    1464. 

  1464. 	 *
    1465. 

  1465. 	 * Users / Groups related
    1466. 

  1466. 	 *
    1467. 

  1467. 	 *******************************************/
    1468. 

  1468. 

  1469. 	/**
    1470. 

  1470. 	 * Returns an array with be_users records of all user NOT DELETED sorted by their username
    1471. 

  1471. 	 * Keys in the array is the be_users uid
    1472. 

  1472. 	 * Usage: 14 (spec. ext. "beuser" and module "web_perm")
    1473. 

  1473. 	 *
    1474. 

  1474. 	 * @param	string		Optional $fields list (default: username,usergroup,usergroup_cached_list,uid) can be used to set the selected fields
    1475. 

  1475. 	 * @param	string		Optional $where clause (fx. "AND username='pete'") can be used to limit query
    1476. 

  1476. 	 * @return	array
    1477. 

  1477. 	 */
    1478. 

  1478. 	public static function getUserNames($fields = 'username,usergroup,usergroup_cached_list,uid', $where = '') {
    1479. 

  1479. 		$be_user_Array = Array();
    1480. 

  1480. 

  1481. 		$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery($fields, 'be_users', 'pid=0 ' . $where . self::deleteClause('be_users'), '', 'username');
    1482. 

  1482. 		while($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res)) {
    1483. 

  1483. 			$be_user_Array[$row['uid']] = $row;
    1484. 

  1484. 		}
    1485. 

  1485. 		$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    1486. 

  1486. 

  1487. 		return $be_user_Array;
    1488. 

  1488. 	}
    1489. 

  1489. 

  1490. 	/**
    1491. 

  1491. 	 * Returns an array with be_groups records (title, uid) of all groups NOT DELETED sorted by their title
    1492. 

  1492. 	 * Usage: 8 (spec. ext. "beuser" and module "web_perm")
    1493. 

  1493. 	 *
    1494. 

  1494. 	 * @param	string		Field list
    1495. 

  1495. 	 * @param	string		WHERE clause
    1496. 

  1496. 	 * @return	array
    1497. 

  1497. 	 */
    1498. 

  1498. 	public static function getGroupNames($fields = 'title,uid', $where = '') {
    1499. 

  1499. 		$be_group_Array = Array();
    1500. 

  1500. 

  1501. 		$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery($fields, 'be_groups', 'pid=0 ' . $where . self::deleteClause('be_groups'), '', 'title');
    1502. 

  1502. 		while($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res)) {
    1503. 

  1503. 			$be_group_Array[$row['uid']] = $row;
    1504. 

  1504. 		}
    1505. 

  1505. 		$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    1506. 

  1506. 

  1507. 		return $be_group_Array;
    1508. 

  1508. 	}
    1509. 

  1509. 

  1510. 	/**
    1511. 

  1511. 	 * Returns an array with be_groups records (like ->getGroupNames) but:
    1512. 

  1512. 	 * - if the current BE_USER is admin, then all groups are returned, otherwise only groups that the current user is member of (usergroup_cached_list) will be returned.
    1513. 

  1513. 	 * Usage: 2 (module "web_perm" and ext. taskcenter)
    1514. 

  1514. 	 *
    1515. 

  1515. 	 * @param	string		Field list; $fields specify the fields selected (default: title,uid)
    1516. 

  1516. 	 * @return	array
    1517. 

  1517. 	 */
    1518. 

  1518. 	public static function getListGroupNames($fields = 'title, uid') {
    1519. 

  1519. 		$exQ = ' AND hide_in_lists=0';
    1520. 

  1520. 		if (!$GLOBALS['BE_USER']->isAdmin()) {
    1521. 

  1521. 			$exQ.=' AND uid IN ('.($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['usergroup_cached_list']?$GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['usergroup_cached_list']:0).')';
    1522. 

  1522. 		}
    1523. 

  1523. 		return self::getGroupNames($fields, $exQ);
    1524. 

  1524. 	}
    1525. 

  1525. 

  1526. 	/**
    1527. 

  1527. 	 * Returns the array $usernames with the names of all users NOT IN $groupArray changed to the uid (hides the usernames!).
    1528. 

  1528. 	 * If $excludeBlindedFlag is set, then these records are unset from the array $usernames
    1529. 

  1529. 	 * Takes $usernames (array made by t3lib_BEfunc::getUserNames()) and a $groupArray (array with the groups a certain user is member of) as input
    1530. 

  1530. 	 * Usage: 8
    1531. 

  1531. 	 *
    1532. 

  1532. 	 * @param	array		User names
    1533. 

  1533. 	 * @param	array		Group names
    1534. 

  1534. 	 * @param	boolean		If $excludeBlindedFlag is set, then these records are unset from the array $usernames
    1535. 

  1535. 	 * @return	array		User names, blinded
    1536. 

  1536. 	 */
    1537. 

  1537. 	public static function blindUserNames($usernames, $groupArray, $excludeBlindedFlag = 0) {
    1538. 

  1538. 		if (is_array($usernames) && is_array($groupArray)) {
    1539. 

  1539. 			foreach ($usernames as $uid => $row) {
    1540. 

  1540. 				$userN = $uid;
    1541. 

  1541. 				$set = 0;
    1542. 

  1542. 				if ($row['uid']!=$GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['uid']) {
    1543. 

  1543. 					foreach ($groupArray as $v) {
    1544. 

  1544. 						if ($v && t3lib_div::inList($row['usergroup_cached_list'], $v)) {
    1545. 

  1545. 							$userN = $row['username'];
    1546. 

  1546. 							$set = 1;
    1547. 

  1547. 						}
    1548. 

  1548. 					}
    1549. 

  1549. 				} else {
    1550. 

  1550. 					$userN = $row['username'];
    1551. 

  1551. 					$set = 1;
    1552. 

  1552. 				}
    1553. 

  1553. 				$usernames[$uid]['username'] = $userN;
    1554. 

  1554. 				if ($excludeBlindedFlag && !$set) {unset($usernames[$uid]);}
    1555. 

  1555. 			}
    1556. 

  1556. 		}
    1557. 

  1557. 		return $usernames;
    1558. 

  1558. 	}
    1559. 

  1559. 

  1560. 	/**
    1561. 

  1561. 	 * Corresponds to blindUserNames but works for groups instead
    1562. 

  1562. 	 * Usage: 2 (module web_perm)
    1563. 

  1563. 	 *
    1564. 

  1564. 	 * @param	array		Group names
    1565. 

  1565. 	 * @param	array		Group names (reference)
    1566. 

  1566. 	 * @param	boolean		If $excludeBlindedFlag is set, then these records are unset from the array $usernames
    1567. 

  1567. 	 * @return	array
    1568. 

  1568. 	 */
    1569. 

  1569. 	public static function blindGroupNames($groups, $groupArray, $excludeBlindedFlag = 0) {
    1570. 

  1570. 		if (is_array($groups) && is_array($groupArray)) {
    1571. 

  1571. 			foreach ($groups as $uid => $row) {
    1572. 

  1572. 				$groupN = $uid;
    1573. 

  1573. 				$set = 0;
    1574. 

  1574. 				if (t3lib_div::inArray($groupArray, $uid)) {
    1575. 

  1575. 					$groupN = $row['title'];
    1576. 

  1576. 					$set = 1;
    1577. 

  1577. 				}
    1578. 

  1578. 				$groups[$uid]['title'] = $groupN;
    1579. 

  1579. 				if ($excludeBlindedFlag && !$set) {unset($groups[$uid]);}
    1580. 

  1580. 			}
    1581. 

  1581. 		}
    1582. 

  1582. 		return $groups;
    1583. 

  1583. 	}
    1584. 

  1584. 

  1585. 

  1586. 

  1587. 

  1588. 

  1589. 

  1590. 

  1591. 

  1592. 

  1593. 

  1594. 

  1595. 

  1596. 

  1597. 	/*******************************************
    1598. 

  1598. 	 *
    1599. 

  1599. 	 * Output related
    1600. 

  1600. 	 *
    1601. 

  1601. 	 *******************************************/
    1602. 

  1602. 

  1603. 	/**
    1604. 

  1604. 	 * Returns the difference in days between input $tstamp and $EXEC_TIME
    1605. 

  1605. 	 * Usage: 2 (class t3lib_BEfunc)
    1606. 

  1606. 	 *
    1607. 

  1607. 	 * @param	integer		Time stamp, seconds
    1608. 

  1608. 	 * @return	integer
    1609. 

  1609. 	 */
    1610. 

  1610. 	public static function daysUntil($tstamp) {
    1611. 

  1611. 		$delta_t = $tstamp-$GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'];
    1612. 

  1612. 		return ceil($delta_t/(3600*24));
    1613. 

  1613. 	}
    1614. 

  1614. 

  1615. 	/**
    1616. 

  1616. 	 * Returns $tstamp formatted as "ddmmyy" (According to $TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SYS']['ddmmyy'])
    1617. 

  1617. 	 * Usage: 11
    1618. 

  1618. 	 *
    1619. 

  1619. 	 * @param	integer		Time stamp, seconds
    1620. 

  1620. 	 * @return	string		Formatted time
    1621. 

  1621. 	 */
    1622. 

  1622. 	public static function date($tstamp) {
    1623. 

  1623. 		return date($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['ddmmyy'], (int)$tstamp);
    1624. 

  1624. 	}
    1625. 

  1625. 

  1626. 	/**
    1627. 

  1627. 	 * Returns $tstamp formatted as "ddmmyy hhmm" (According to $TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SYS']['ddmmyy'] AND $TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SYS']['hhmm'])
    1628. 

  1628. 	 * Usage: 28
    1629. 

  1629. 	 *
    1630. 

  1630. 	 * @param	integer		Time stamp, seconds
    1631. 

  1631. 	 * @return	string		Formatted time
    1632. 

  1632. 	 */
    1633. 

  1633. 	public static function datetime($value) {
    1634. 

  1634. 		return date($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['ddmmyy'].' '.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['hhmm'], $value);
    1635. 

  1635. 	}
    1636. 

  1636. 

  1637. 	/**
    1638. 

  1638. 	 * Returns $value (in seconds) formatted as hh:mm:ss
    1639. 

  1639. 	 * For instance $value = 3600 + 60*2 + 3 should return "01:02:03"
    1640. 

  1640. 	 * Usage: 1 (class t3lib_BEfunc)
    1641. 

  1641. 	 *
    1642. 

  1642. 	 * @param	integer		Time stamp, seconds
    1643. 

  1643. 	 * @param	boolean		Output hh:mm:ss. If false: hh:mm
    1644. 

  1644. 	 * @return	string		Formatted time
    1645. 

  1645. 	 */
    1646. 

  1646. 	public static function time($value, $withSeconds = TRUE) {
    1647. 

  1647. 		$hh = floor($value/3600);
    1648. 

  1648. 		$min = floor(($value-$hh*3600)/60);
    1649. 

  1649. 		$sec = $value-$hh*3600-$min*60;
    1650. 

  1650. 		$l = sprintf('%02d', $hh).':'.sprintf('%02d', $min);
    1651. 

  1651. 		if ($withSeconds) {
    1652. 

  1652. 			$l .= ':'.sprintf('%02d', $sec);
    1653. 

  1653. 		}
    1654. 

  1654. 		return $l;
    1655. 

  1655. 	}
    1656. 

  1656. 

  1657. 	/**
    1658. 

  1658. 	 * Returns the "age" in minutes / hours / days / years of the number of $seconds inputted.
    1659. 

  1659. 	 * Usage: 15
    1660. 

  1660. 	 *
    1661. 

  1661. 	 * @param	integer		$seconds could be the difference of a certain timestamp and time()
    1662. 

  1662. 	 * @param	string		$labels should be something like ' min| hrs| days| yrs'. This value is typically delivered by this function call: $GLOBALS["LANG"]->sL("LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.minutesHoursDaysYears")
    1663. 

  1663. 	 * @return	string		Formatted time
    1664. 

  1664. 	 */
    1665. 

  1665. 	public static function calcAge($seconds, $labels = 'min|hrs|days|yrs') {
    1666. 

  1666. 		$labelArr = explode('|', $labels);
    1667. 

  1667. 		$prefix = '';
    1668. 

  1668. 		if ($seconds<0)	{$prefix = '-'; $seconds = abs($seconds);}
    1669. 

  1669. 		if ($seconds<3600) {
    1670. 

  1670. 			$seconds = round ($seconds/60).' '.trim($labelArr[0]);
    1671. 

  1671. 		} elseif ($seconds<24*3600) {
    1672. 

  1672. 			$seconds = round ($seconds/3600).' '.trim($labelArr[1]);
    1673. 

  1673. 		} elseif ($seconds<365*24*3600) {
    1674. 

  1674. 			$seconds = round ($seconds/(24*3600)).' '.trim($labelArr[2]);
    1675. 

  1675. 		} else {
    1676. 

  1676. 			$seconds = round ($seconds/(365*24*3600)).' '.trim($labelArr[3]);
    1677. 

  1677. 		}
    1678. 

  1678. 		return $prefix.$seconds;
    1679. 

  1679. 	}
    1680. 

  1680. 

  1681. 	/**
    1682. 

  1682. 	 * Returns a formatted timestamp if $tstamp is set.
    1683. 

  1683. 	 * The date/datetime will be followed by the age in parenthesis.
    1684. 

  1684. 	 * Usage: 3
    1685. 

  1685. 	 *
    1686. 

  1686. 	 * @param	integer		Time stamp, seconds
    1687. 

  1687. 	 * @param	integer		1/-1 depending on polarity of age.
    1688. 

  1688. 	 * @param	string		$date=="date" will yield "dd:mm:yy" formatting, otherwise "dd:mm:yy hh:mm"
    1689. 

  1689. 	 * @return	string
    1690. 

  1690. 	 */
    1691. 

  1691. 	public static function dateTimeAge($tstamp, $prefix = 1, $date = '') {
    1692. 

  1692. 		return $tstamp ?
    1693. 

  1693. 				($date=='date' ? self::date($tstamp) : self::datetime($tstamp)) .
    1694. 

  1694. 				' (' . self::calcAge($prefix * ($GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'] - $tstamp), $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.minutesHoursDaysYears')) . ')'
    1695. 

  1695. 				: '';
    1696. 

  1696. 	}
    1697. 

  1697. 

  1698. 	/**
    1699. 

  1699. 	 * Returns either title = '' or alt = '' attribute. This depends on the client browser and whether it supports title = '' or not (which is the default)
    1700. 

  1700. 	 * If no $content is given only the attribute name is returned.
    1701. 

  1701. 	 * The returned attribute with content will have a leading space char.
    1702. 

  1702. 	 * Warning: Be careful to submit empty $content var - that will return just the attribute name!
    1703. 

  1703. 	 * Usage: 0
    1704. 

  1704. 	 *
    1705. 

  1705. 	 * @param	string		String to set as title-attribute. If no $content is given only the attribute name is returned.
    1706. 

  1706. 	 * @param	boolean		If $hsc is set, then content of the attribute is htmlspecialchar()'ed (which is good for XHTML and other reasons...)
    1707. 

  1707. 	 * @return	string
    1708. 

  1708. 	 * @deprecated since TYPO3 3.6, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5 - The idea made sense with older browsers, but now all browsers should support the "title" attribute - so just hardcode the title attribute instead!
    1709. 

  1709. 	 */
    1710. 

  1710. 	public static function titleAttrib($content = '', $hsc = 0) {
    1711. 

  1711. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    1712. 

  1712. 

  1713. 		global $CLIENT;
    1714. 

  1714. 		$attrib= ($CLIENT['BROWSER']=='net'&&$CLIENT['VERSION']<5)||$CLIENT['BROWSER']=='konqu' ? 'alt' : 'title';
    1715. 

  1715. 		return strcmp($content, '')?' '.$attrib.'="'.($hsc?htmlspecialchars($content):$content).'"' : $attrib;
    1716. 

  1716. 	}
    1717. 

  1717. 

  1718. 	/**
    1719. 

  1719. 	 * Returns alt="" and title="" attributes with the value of $content.
    1720. 

  1720. 	 * Usage: 7
    1721. 

  1721. 	 *
    1722. 

  1722. 	 * @param	string		Value for 'alt' and 'title' attributes (will be htmlspecialchars()'ed before output)
    1723. 

  1723. 	 * @return	string
    1724. 

  1724. 	 */
    1725. 

  1725. 	public static function titleAltAttrib($content) {
    1726. 

  1726. 		$out = '';
    1727. 

  1727. 		$out.=' alt="'.htmlspecialchars($content).'"';
    1728. 

  1728. 		$out.=' title="'.htmlspecialchars($content).'"';
    1729. 

  1729. 		return $out;
    1730. 

  1730. 	}
    1731. 

  1731. 

  1732. 	/**
    1733. 

  1733. 	 * Returns a linked image-tag for thumbnail(s)/fileicons/truetype-font-previews from a database row with a list of image files in a field
    1734. 

  1734. 	 * All $TYPO3_CONF_VARS['GFX']['imagefile_ext'] extension are made to thumbnails + ttf file (renders font-example)
    1735. 

  1735. 	 * Thumbsnails are linked to the show_item.php script which will display further details.
    1736. 

  1736. 	 * Usage: 7
    1737. 

  1737. 	 *
    1738. 

  1738. 	 * @param	array		$row is the database row from the table, $table.
    1739. 

  1739. 	 * @param	string		Table name for $row (present in TCA)
    1740. 

  1740. 	 * @param	string		$field is pointing to the field with the list of image files
    1741. 

  1741. 	 * @param	string		Back path prefix for image tag src="" field
    1742. 

  1742. 	 * @param	string		Optional: $thumbScript os by default 'thumbs.php' if you don't set it otherwise
    1743. 

  1743. 	 * @param	string		Optional: $uploaddir is the directory relative to PATH_site where the image files from the $field value is found (Is by default set to the entry in $TCA for that field! so you don't have to!)
    1744. 

  1744. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, uploaddir is NOT prepended with "../"
    1745. 

  1745. 	 * @param	string		Optional: $tparams is additional attributes for the image tags
    1746. 

  1746. 	 * @param	integer		Optional: $size is [w]x[h] of the thumbnail. 56 is default.
    1747. 

  1747. 	 * @return	string		Thumbnail image tag.
    1748. 

  1748. 	 */
    1749. 

  1749. 	public static function thumbCode($row, $table, $field, $backPath, $thumbScript = '', $uploaddir = NULL, $abs = 0, $tparams = '', $size = '') {
    1750. 

  1750. 		global $TCA;
    1751. 

  1751. 			// Load table.
    1752. 

  1752. 		t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    1753. 

  1753. 

  1754. 			// Find uploaddir automatically
    1755. 

  1755. 		$uploaddir = (is_null($uploaddir)) ? $TCA[$table]['columns'][$field]['config']['uploadfolder'] : $uploaddir;
    1756. 

  1756. 		$uploaddir = preg_replace('#/$#','', $uploaddir);
    1757. 

  1757. 

  1758. 			// Set thumbs-script:
    1759. 

  1759. 		if (!$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['GFX']['thumbnails']) {
    1760. 

  1760. 			$thumbScript = 'gfx/notfound_thumb.gif';
    1761. 

  1761. 		} elseif(!$thumbScript) {
    1762. 

  1762. 			$thumbScript = 'thumbs.php';
    1763. 

  1763. 		}
    1764. 

  1764. 			// Check and parse the size parameter
    1765. 

  1765. 		$sizeParts = array();
    1766. 

  1766. 		if ($size = trim($size)) {
    1767. 

  1767. 			$sizeParts = explode('x', $size.'x'.$size);
    1768. 

  1768. 			if(!intval($sizeParts[0])) $size = '';
    1769. 

  1769. 		}
    1770. 

  1770. 

  1771. 			// Traverse files:
    1772. 

  1772. 		$thumbs = explode(',', $row[$field]);
    1773. 

  1773. 		$thumbData = '';
    1774. 

  1774. 		foreach ($thumbs as $theFile) {
    1775. 

  1775. 			if (trim($theFile)) {
    1776. 

  1776. 				$fI = t3lib_div::split_fileref($theFile);
    1777. 

  1777. 				$ext = $fI['fileext'];
    1778. 

  1778. 						// New 190201 start
    1779. 

  1779. 				$max = 0;
    1780. 

  1780. 				if (t3lib_div::inList('gif,jpg,png', $ext)) {
    1781. 

  1781. 					$imgInfo = @getimagesize(PATH_site.$uploaddir.'/'.$theFile);
    1782. 

  1782. 					if (is_array($imgInfo))	{$max = max($imgInfo[0], $imgInfo[1]);}
    1783. 

  1783. 				}
    1784. 

  1784. 					// use the original image if it's size fits to the thumbnail size
    1785. 

  1785. 				if ($max && $max<=(count($sizeParts)&&max($sizeParts)?max($sizeParts):56)) {
    1786. 

  1786. 					$theFile = $url = ($abs?'':'../').($uploaddir?$uploaddir.'/':'').trim($theFile);
    1787. 

  1787. 					$onClick = 'top.launchView(\''.$theFile.'\',\'\',\''.$backPath.'\');return false;';
    1788. 

  1788. 					$thumbData.= '<a href="#" onclick="'.htmlspecialchars($onClick).'"><img src="'.$backPath.$url.'" '.$imgInfo[3].' hspace="2" border="0" title="'.trim($url).'"'.$tparams.' alt="" /></a> ';
    1789. 

  1789. 						// New 190201 stop
    1790. 

  1790. 				} elseif ($ext=='ttf' || t3lib_div::inList($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['GFX']['imagefile_ext'], $ext)) {
    1791. 

  1791. 					$theFile_abs = PATH_site.($uploaddir?$uploaddir.'/':'').trim($theFile);
    1792. 

  1792. 					$theFile = ($abs?'':'../').($uploaddir?$uploaddir.'/':'').trim($theFile);
    1793. 

  1793. 

  1794. 					if (!is_readable($theFile_abs)) {
    1795. 

  1795. 						$flashMessage = t3lib_div::makeInstance(
    1796. 

  1796. 							't3lib_FlashMessage',
    1797. 

  1797. 							$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.file_missing_text') . ' <abbr title="' . $theFile_abs . '">' . $theFile . '</abbr>',
    1798. 

  1798. 							$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.file_missing'),
    1799. 

  1799. 							t3lib_FlashMessage::ERROR
    1800. 

  1800. 						);
    1801. 

  1801. 						$thumbData .= $flashMessage->render();
    1802. 

  1802. 						continue;
    1803. 

  1803. 					}
    1804. 

  1804. 

  1805. 					$check = basename($theFile_abs).':'.filemtime($theFile_abs).':'.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['encryptionKey'];
    1806. 

  1806. 					$params = '&file='.rawurlencode($theFile);
    1807. 

  1807. 					$params.= $size?'&size='.$size:'';
    1808. 

  1808. 					$params.= '&md5sum='.t3lib_div::shortMD5($check);
    1809. 

  1809. 

  1810. 					$url = $thumbScript.'?&dummy='.$GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'].$params;
    1811. 

  1811. 					$onClick = 'top.launchView(\''.$theFile.'\',\'\',\''.$backPath.'\');return false;';
    1812. 

  1812. 					$thumbData.= '<a href="#" onclick="'.htmlspecialchars($onClick).'"><img src="'.htmlspecialchars($backPath.$url).'" hspace="2" border="0" title="'.trim($theFile).'"'.$tparams.' alt="" /></a> ';
    1813. 

  1813. 				} else {
    1814. 

  1814. 					$icon = self::getFileIcon($ext);
    1815. 

  1815. 					$url = 'gfx/fileicons/'.$icon;
    1816. 

  1816. 					$thumbData.= '<img src="'.$backPath.$url.'" hspace="2" border="0" title="'.trim($theFile).'"'.$tparams.' alt="" /> ';
    1817. 

  1817. 				}
    1818. 

  1818. 			}
    1819. 

  1819. 		}
    1820. 

  1820. 		return $thumbData;
    1821. 

  1821. 	}
    1822. 

  1822. 

  1823. 	/**
    1824. 

  1824. 	 * Returns single image tag to thumbnail using a thumbnail script (like thumbs.php)
    1825. 

  1825. 	 * Usage: 3
    1826. 

  1826. 	 *
    1827. 

  1827. 	 * @param	string		$thumbScript must point to "thumbs.php" relative to the script position
    1828. 

  1828. 	 * @param	string		$theFile must be the proper reference to the file thumbs.php should show
    1829. 

  1829. 	 * @param	string		$tparams are additional attributes for the image tag
    1830. 

  1830. 	 * @param	integer		$size is the size of the thumbnail send along to "thumbs.php"
    1831. 

  1831. 	 * @return	string		Image tag
    1832. 

  1832. 	 */
    1833. 

  1833. 	public static function getThumbNail($thumbScript, $theFile, $tparams = '', $size = '') {
    1834. 

  1834. 		$check = basename($theFile).':'.filemtime($theFile).':'.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['encryptionKey'];
    1835. 

  1835. 		$params = '&file='.rawurlencode($theFile);
    1836. 

  1836. 		$params.= trim($size)?'&size='.trim($size):'';
    1837. 

  1837. 		$params.= '&md5sum='.t3lib_div::shortMD5($check);
    1838. 

  1838. 

  1839. 		$url = $thumbScript.'?&dummy='.$GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'].$params;
    1840. 

  1840. 		$th = '<img src="'.htmlspecialchars($url).'" title="'.trim(basename($theFile)).'"'.($tparams?" ".$tparams:"").' alt="" />';
    1841. 

  1841. 		return $th;
    1842. 

  1842. 	}
    1843. 

  1843. 

  1844. 	/**
    1845. 

  1845. 	 * Returns title-attribute information for a page-record informing about id, alias, doktype, hidden, starttime, endtime, fe_group etc.
    1846. 

  1846. 	 * Usage: 8
    1847. 

  1847. 	 *
    1848. 

  1848. 	 * @param	array		Input must be a page row ($row) with the proper fields set (be sure - send the full range of fields for the table)
    1849. 

  1849. 	 * @param	string		$perms_clause is used to get the record path of the shortcut page, if any (and doktype==4)
    1850. 

  1850. 	 * @param	boolean		If $includeAttrib is set, then the 'title=""' attribute is wrapped about the return value, which is in any case htmlspecialchar()'ed already
    1851. 

  1851. 	 * @return	string
    1852. 

  1852. 	 */
    1853. 

  1853. 	public static function titleAttribForPages($row, $perms_clause = '', $includeAttrib = 1) {
    1854. 

  1854. 		global $TCA, $LANG;
    1855. 

  1855. 		$parts = array();
    1856. 

  1856. 		$parts[] = 'id='.$row['uid'];
    1857. 

  1857. 		if ($row['alias'])	$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['alias']['label']).' '.$row['alias'];
    1858. 

  1858. 		if ($row['pid']<0)	$parts[] = 'v#1.'.$row['t3ver_id'];
    1859. 

  1859. 

  1860. 		switch($row['t3ver_state']) {
    1861. 

  1861. 			case 1:
    1862. 

  1862. 				$parts[] = 'PLH WSID#'.$row['t3ver_wsid'];
    1863. 

  1863. 			break;
    1864. 

  1864. 			case 2:
    1865. 

  1865. 				$parts[] = 'Deleted element!';
    1866. 

  1866. 			break;
    1867. 

  1867. 			case 3:
    1868. 

  1868. 				$parts[] = 'NEW LOCATION (PLH) WSID#'.$row['t3ver_wsid'];
    1869. 

  1869. 			break;
    1870. 

  1870. 			case 4:
    1871. 

  1871. 				$parts[] = 'OLD LOCATION (PNT) WSID#'.$row['t3ver_wsid'];
    1872. 

  1872. 			break;
    1873. 

  1873. 			case -1:
    1874. 

  1874. 				$parts[] = 'New element!';
    1875. 

  1875. 			break;
    1876. 

  1876. 		}
    1877. 

  1877. 

  1878. 		if ($row['doktype']=='3') {
    1879. 

  1879. 			$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['url']['label']).' '.$row['url'];
    1880. 

  1880. 		} elseif ($row['doktype']=='4') {
    1881. 

  1881. 			if ($perms_clause) {
    1882. 

  1882. 				$label = self::getRecordPath(intval($row['shortcut']), $perms_clause, 20);
    1883. 

  1883. 			} else {
    1884. 

  1884. 				$lRec = self::getRecordWSOL('pages', intval($row['shortcut']), 'title');
    1885. 

  1885. 				$label = $lRec['title'];
    1886. 

  1886. 			}
    1887. 

  1887. 			if ($row['shortcut_mode']>0) {
    1888. 

  1888. 				$label.=', '.$LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['shortcut_mode']['label']).' '.
    1889. 

  1889. 							$LANG->sL(self::getLabelFromItemlist('pages', 'shortcut_mode', $row['shortcut_mode']));
    1890. 

  1890. 			}
    1891. 

  1891. 			$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['shortcut']['label']).' '.$label;
    1892. 

  1892. 		} elseif ($row['doktype']=='7') {
    1893. 

  1893. 			if ($perms_clause) {
    1894. 

  1894. 				$label = self::getRecordPath(intval($row['mount_pid']), $perms_clause, 20);
    1895. 

  1895. 			} else {
    1896. 

  1896. 				$lRec = self::getRecordWSOL('pages', intval($row['mount_pid']), 'title');
    1897. 

  1897. 				$label = $lRec['title'];
    1898. 

  1898. 			}
    1899. 

  1899. 			$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['mount_pid']['label']).' '.$label;
    1900. 

  1900. 			if ($row['mount_pid_ol']) {
    1901. 

  1901. 				$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['mount_pid_ol']['label']);
    1902. 

  1902. 			}
    1903. 

  1903. 		}
    1904. 

  1904. 		if ($row['nav_hide'])	$parts[] = rtrim($LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['nav_hide']['label']), ':');
    1905. 

  1905. 		if ($row['hidden'])	$parts[] = $LANG->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.hidden');
    1906. 

  1906. 		if ($row['starttime'])	$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['starttime']['label']) . ' ' . self::dateTimeAge($row['starttime'], -1, 'date');
    1907. 

  1907. 		if ($row['endtime'])	$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['endtime']['label']) . ' ' . self::dateTimeAge($row['endtime'], -1, 'date');
    1908. 

  1908. 		if ($row['fe_group']) {
    1909. 

  1909. 			$fe_groups = array();
    1910. 

  1910. 			foreach (t3lib_div::intExplode(',', $row['fe_group']) as $fe_group) {
    1911. 

  1911. 				if ($fe_group<0) {
    1912. 

  1912. 					$fe_groups[] = $LANG->sL(self::getLabelFromItemlist('pages', 'fe_group', $fe_group));
    1913. 

  1913. 				} else {
    1914. 

  1914. 					$lRec = self::getRecordWSOL('fe_groups', $fe_group, 'title');
    1915. 

  1915. 					$fe_groups[] = $lRec['title'];
    1916. 

  1916. 				}
    1917. 

  1917. 			}
    1918. 

  1918. 			$label = implode(', ', $fe_groups);
    1919. 

  1919. 			$parts[] = $LANG->sL($TCA['pages']['columns']['fe_group']['label']).' '.$label;
    1920. 

  1920. 		}
    1921. 

  1921. 		$out = htmlspecialchars(implode(' - ', $parts));
    1922. 

  1922. 		return $includeAttrib ? 'title="'.$out.'"' : $out;
    1923. 

  1923. 	}
    1924. 

  1924. 

  1925. 	/**
    1926. 

  1926. 	 * Returns title-attribute information for ANY record (from a table defined in TCA of course)
    1927. 

  1927. 	 * The included information depends on features of the table, but if hidden, starttime, endtime and fe_group fields are configured for, information about the record status in regard to these features are is included.
    1928. 

  1928. 	 * "pages" table can be used as well and will return the result of ->titleAttribForPages() for that page.
    1929. 

  1929. 	 * Usage: 10
    1930. 

  1930. 	 *
    1931. 

  1931. 	 * @param	array		Table row; $row is a row from the table, $table
    1932. 

  1932. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    1933. 

  1933. 	 * @return	string
    1934. 

  1934. 	 */
    1935. 

  1935. 	public static function getRecordIconAltText($row, $table = 'pages') {
    1936. 

  1936. 		if ($table=='pages') {
    1937. 

  1937. 			$out = self::titleAttribForPages($row, '', 0);
    1938. 

  1938. 		} else {
    1939. 

  1939. 			$ctrl = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns'];
    1940. 

  1940. 

  1941. 			$out = 'id='.$row['uid'];	// Uid is added
    1942. 

  1942. 			if ($table=='pages' && $row['alias']) {
    1943. 

  1943. 				$out.=' / '.$row['alias'];
    1944. 

  1944. 			}
    1945. 

  1945. 			if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS'] && $row['pid']<0) {
    1946. 

  1946. 				$out.=' - v#1.'.$row['t3ver_id'];
    1947. 

  1947. 			}
    1948. 

  1948. 			if ($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
    1949. 

  1949. 				switch($row['t3ver_state']) {
    1950. 

  1950. 					case 1:
    1951. 

  1951. 						$out.= ' - PLH WSID#'.$row['t3ver_wsid'];
    1952. 

  1952. 					break;
    1953. 

  1953. 					case 2:
    1954. 

  1954. 						$out.= ' - Deleted element!';
    1955. 

  1955. 					break;
    1956. 

  1956. 					case 3:
    1957. 

  1957. 						$out.= ' - NEW LOCATION (PLH) WSID#'.$row['t3ver_wsid'];
    1958. 

  1958. 					break;
    1959. 

  1959. 					case 4:
    1960. 

  1960. 						$out.= ' - OLD LOCATION (PNT)  WSID#'.$row['t3ver_wsid'];
    1961. 

  1961. 					break;
    1962. 

  1962. 					case -1:
    1963. 

  1963. 						$out.= ' - New element!';
    1964. 

  1964. 					break;
    1965. 

  1965. 				}
    1966. 

  1966. 			}
    1967. 

  1967. 

  1968. 			if ($ctrl['disabled'])	{		// Hidden ...
    1969. 

  1969. 				$out.=($row[$ctrl['disabled']]?' - '.$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.hidden'):'');
    1970. 

  1970. 			}
    1971. 

  1971. 			if ($ctrl['starttime']) {
    1972. 

  1972. 				if ($row[$ctrl['starttime']] > $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME']) {
    1973. 

  1973. 					$out .= ' - ' . $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.starttime') . ':' .
    1974. 

  1974. 						self::date($row[$ctrl['starttime']]) . ' (' . self::daysUntil($row[$ctrl['starttime']]) . ' ' .
    1975. 

  1975. 						$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.days') . ')';
    1976. 

  1976. 				}
    1977. 

  1977. 			}
    1978. 

  1978. 			if ($row[$ctrl['endtime']]) {
    1979. 

  1979. 				$out .= ' - ' . $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.endtime') . ': ' .
    1980. 

  1980. 					self::date($row[$ctrl['endtime']]) . ' (' . self::daysUntil($row[$ctrl['endtime']]) . ' ' .
    1981. 

  1981. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.days') . ')';
    1982. 

  1982. 			}
    1983. 

  1983. 		}
    1984. 

  1984. 		return htmlspecialchars($out);
    1985. 

  1985. 	}
    1986. 

  1986. 

  1987. 	/**
    1988. 

  1988. 	 * Returns the label of the first found entry in an "items" array from $TCA (tablename = $table/fieldname = $col) where the value is $key
    1989. 

  1989. 	 * Usage: 9
    1990. 

  1990. 	 *
    1991. 

  1991. 	 * @param	string		Table name, present in $TCA
    1992. 

  1992. 	 * @param	string		Field name, present in $TCA
    1993. 

  1993. 	 * @param	string		items-array value to match
    1994. 

  1994. 	 * @return	string		Label for item entry
    1995. 

  1995. 	 */
    1996. 

  1996. 	public static function getLabelFromItemlist($table, $col, $key) {
    1997. 

  1997. 		global $TCA;
    1998. 

  1998. 			// Load full TCA for $table
    1999. 

  1999. 		t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    2000. 

  2000. 

  2001. 			// Check, if there is an "items" array:
    2002. 

  2002. 		if (is_array($TCA[$table]) && is_array($TCA[$table]['columns'][$col]) && is_array($TCA[$table]['columns'][$col]['config']['items'])) {
    2003. 

  2003. 				// Traverse the items-array...
    2004. 

  2004. 			foreach ($TCA[$table]['columns'][$col]['config']['items'] as $k => $v) {
    2005. 

  2005. 					// ... and return the first found label where the value was equal to $key
    2006. 

  2006. 				if (!strcmp($v[1], $key))	return $v[0];
    2007. 

  2007. 			}
    2008. 

  2008. 		}
    2009. 

  2009. 	}
    2010. 

  2010. 

  2011. 	/**
    2012. 

  2012. 	 * Returns the label-value for fieldname $col in table, $table
    2013. 

  2013. 	 * If $printAllWrap is set (to a "wrap") then it's wrapped around the $col value IF THE COLUMN $col DID NOT EXIST in TCA!, eg. $printAllWrap = '<strong>|</strong>' and the fieldname was 'not_found_field' then the return value would be '<strong>not_found_field</strong>'
    2014. 

  2014. 	 * Usage: 17
    2015. 

  2015. 	 *
    2016. 

  2016. 	 * @param	string		Table name, present in $TCA
    2017. 

  2017. 	 * @param	string		Field name
    2018. 

  2018. 	 * @param	string		Wrap value - set function description
    2019. 

  2019. 	 * @return	string
    2020. 

  2020. 	 */
    2021. 

  2021. 	public static function getItemLabel($table, $col, $printAllWrap = '') {
    2022. 

  2022. 		global $TCA;
    2023. 

  2023. 			// Load full TCA for $table
    2024. 

  2024. 		t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    2025. 

  2025. 			// Check if column exists
    2026. 

  2026. 		if (is_array($TCA[$table]) && is_array($TCA[$table]['columns'][$col])) {
    2027. 

  2027. 				// Re
    2028. 

  2028. 			return $TCA[$table]['columns'][$col]['label'];
    2029. 

  2029. 		}
    2030. 

  2030. 		if ($printAllWrap) {
    2031. 

  2031. 			$parts = explode('|', $printAllWrap);
    2032. 

  2032. 			return $parts[0].$col.$parts[1];
    2033. 

  2033. 		}
    2034. 

  2034. 	}
    2035. 

  2035. 

  2036. 	/**
    2037. 

  2037. 	 * Returns the "title"-value in record, $row, from table, $table
    2038. 

  2038. 	 * The field(s) from which the value is taken is determined by the "ctrl"-entries 'label', 'label_alt' and 'label_alt_force'
    2039. 

  2039. 	 * Usage: 26
    2040. 

  2040. 	 *
    2041. 

  2041. 	 * @param	string		Table name, present in TCA
    2042. 

  2042. 	 * @param	array		Row from table
    2043. 

  2043. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, result is prepared for output: The output is cropped to a limited lenght (depending on BE_USER->uc['titleLen']) and if no value is found for the title, '<em>[No title]</em>' is returned (localized). Further, the output is htmlspecialchars()'ed
    2044. 

  2044. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, the function always returns an output. If no value is found for the title, '[No title]' is returned (localized).
    2045. 

  2045. 	 * @return	string
    2046. 

  2046. 	 */
    2047. 

  2047. 	public static function getRecordTitle($table, $row, $prep = FALSE, $forceResult = TRUE) {
    2048. 

  2048. 		global $TCA;
    2049. 

  2049. 		if (is_array($TCA[$table]))	{
    2050. 

  2050. 

  2051. 				// If configured, call userFunc
    2052. 

  2052. 			if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_userFunc']) {
    2053. 

  2053. 				$params['table'] = $table;
    2054. 

  2054. 				$params['row'] = $row;
    2055. 

  2055. 				$params['title'] = '';
    2056. 

  2056. 

  2057. 				t3lib_div::callUserFunction($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_userFunc'], $params, $this);
    2058. 

  2058. 				$t = $params['title'];
    2059. 

  2059. 			} else {
    2060. 

  2060. 

  2061. 					// No userFunc: Build label
    2062. 

  2062. 				$t = self::getProcessedValue($table, $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label'], $row[$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label']], 0, 0, false, $row['uid'], $forceResult);
    2063. 

  2063. 				if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_alt'] && ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_alt_force'] || !strcmp($t, ''))) {
    2064. 

  2064. 					$altFields = t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_alt'], 1);
    2065. 

  2065. 					$tA = array();
    2066. 

  2066. 					if (!empty($t))	$tA[] = $t;
    2067. 

  2067. 					foreach ($altFields as $fN) {
    2068. 

  2068. 						$t = trim(strip_tags($row[$fN]));
    2069. 

  2069. 						if (strcmp($t, '')) {
    2070. 

  2070. 							$t = self::getProcessedValue($table, $fN, $t, 0, 0, false, $row['uid']);
    2071. 

  2071. 							if (!$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_alt_force']) {
    2072. 

  2072. 								break;
    2073. 

  2073. 							}
    2074. 

  2074. 							$tA[] = $t;
    2075. 

  2075. 						}
    2076. 

  2076. 					}
    2077. 

  2077. 					if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_alt_force']) {
    2078. 

  2078. 						$t = implode(', ', $tA);
    2079. 

  2079. 					}
    2080. 

  2080. 				}
    2081. 

  2081. 			}
    2082. 

  2082. 

  2083. 				// If the current result is empty, set it to '[No title]' (localized) and prepare for output if requested
    2084. 

  2084. 			if ($prep || $forceResult) {
    2085. 

  2085. 				if ($prep) {
    2086. 

  2086. 					$t = self::getRecordTitlePrep($t);
    2087. 

  2087. 				}
    2088. 

  2088. 				if (!strcmp(trim($t), '')) {
    2089. 

  2089. 					$t = self::getNoRecordTitle($prep);
    2090. 

  2090. 				}
    2091. 

  2091. 			}
    2092. 

  2092. 

  2093. 			return $t;
    2094. 

  2094. 		}
    2095. 

  2095. 	}
    2096. 

  2096. 

  2097. 	/**
    2098. 

  2098. 	 * Crops a title string to a limited lenght and if it really was cropped, wrap it in a <span title="...">|</span>,
    2099. 

  2099. 	 * which offers a tooltip with the original title when moving mouse over it.
    2100. 

  2100. 	 *
    2101. 

  2101. 	 * @param	string		$title: The title string to be cropped
    2102. 

  2102. 	 * @param	integer		$titleLength: Crop title after this length - if not set, BE_USER->uc['titleLen'] is used
    2103. 

  2103. 	 * @return	string		The processed title string, wrapped in <span title="...">|</span> if cropped
    2104. 

  2104. 	 */
    2105. 

  2105. 	public static function getRecordTitlePrep($title, $titleLength = 0) {
    2106. 

  2106. 			// If $titleLength is not a valid positive integer, use BE_USER->uc['titleLen']:
    2107. 

  2107. 		if (!$titleLength || !t3lib_div::testInt($titleLength) || $titleLength < 0) {
    2108. 

  2108. 			$titleLength = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->uc['titleLen'];
    2109. 

  2109. 		}
    2110. 

  2110. 		$titleOrig = htmlspecialchars($title);
    2111. 

  2111. 		$title = htmlspecialchars(t3lib_div::fixed_lgd_cs($title, $titleLength));
    2112. 

  2112. 			// If title was cropped, offer a tooltip:
    2113. 

  2113. 		if ($titleOrig != $title) {
    2114. 

  2114. 			$title = '<span title="'.$titleOrig.'">'.$title.'</span>';
    2115. 

  2115. 		}
    2116. 

  2116. 		return $title;
    2117. 

  2117. 	}
    2118. 

  2118. 

  2119. 	/**
    2120. 

  2120. 	 * Get a localized [No title] string, wrapped in <em>|</em> if $prep is true.
    2121. 

  2121. 	 *
    2122. 

  2122. 	 * @param	boolean		$prep: Wrap result in <em>|</em>
    2123. 

  2123. 	 * @return	string		Localized [No title] string
    2124. 

  2124. 	 */
    2125. 

  2125. 	public static function getNoRecordTitle($prep = FALSE) {
    2126. 

  2126. 		$noTitle = '['.$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.no_title', 1).']';
    2127. 

  2127. 		if ($prep) $noTitle = '<em>'.$noTitle.'</em>';
    2128. 

  2128. 		return $noTitle;
    2129. 

  2129. 	}
    2130. 

  2130. 

  2131. 	/**
    2132. 

  2132. 	 * Returns a human readable output of a value from a record
    2133. 

  2133. 	 * For instance a database record relation would be looked up to display the title-value of that record. A checkbox with a "1" value would be "Yes", etc.
    2134. 

  2134. 	 * $table/$col is tablename and fieldname
    2135. 

  2135. 	 * REMEMBER to pass the output through htmlspecialchars() if you output it to the browser! (To protect it from XSS attacks and be XHTML compliant)
    2136. 

  2136. 	 * Usage: 24
    2137. 

  2137. 	 *
    2138. 

  2138. 	 * @param	string		Table name, present in TCA
    2139. 

  2139. 	 * @param	string		Field name, present in TCA
    2140. 

  2140. 	 * @param	string		$value is the value of that field from a selected record
    2141. 

  2141. 	 * @param	integer		$fixed_lgd_chars is the max amount of characters the value may occupy
    2142. 

  2142. 	 * @param	boolean		$defaultPassthrough flag means that values for columns that has no conversion will just be pass through directly (otherwise cropped to 200 chars or returned as "N/A")
    2143. 

  2143. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, no records will be looked up, UIDs are just shown.
    2144. 

  2144. 	 * @param	integer		uid of the current record
    2145. 

  2145. 	 * @param	boolean		If t3lib_BEfunc::getRecordTitle is used to process the value, this parameter is forwarded.
    2146. 

  2146. 	 * @return	string
    2147. 

  2147. 	 */
    2148. 

  2148. 	public static function getProcessedValue($table, $col, $value, $fixed_lgd_chars = 0, $defaultPassthrough = 0, $noRecordLookup = FALSE, $uid = 0, $forceResult = TRUE) {
    2149. 

  2149. 		global $TCA;
    2150. 

  2150. 		global $TYPO3_CONF_VARS;
    2151. 

  2151. 

  2152. 		if ($col == 'uid') {
    2153. 

  2153. 				// no need to load TCA as uid is not in TCA-array
    2154. 

  2154. 			return $value;
    2155. 

  2155. 		}
    2156. 

  2156. 			// Load full TCA for $table
    2157. 

  2157. 		t3lib_div::loadTCA($table);
    2158. 

  2158. 			// Check if table and field is configured:
    2159. 

  2159. 		if (is_array($TCA[$table]) && is_array($TCA[$table]['columns'][$col])) {
    2160. 

  2160. 				// Depending on the fields configuration, make a meaningful output value.
    2161. 

  2161. 			$theColConf = $TCA[$table]['columns'][$col]['config'];
    2162. 

  2162. 

  2163. 				/*****************
    2164. 

  2164. 				 *HOOK: pre-processing the human readable output from a record
    2165. 

  2165. 				 ****************/
    2166. 

  2166. 			if (is_array ($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['preProcessValue'])) {
    2167. 

  2167. 			foreach ($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['preProcessValue'] as $_funcRef) {
    2168. 

  2168. 					t3lib_div::callUserFunction($_funcRef,$theColConf,$this);
    2169. 

  2169. 				}
    2170. 

  2170. 			}
    2171. 

  2171. 

  2172. 			$l = '';
    2173. 

  2173. 			switch((string)$theColConf['type']) {
    2174. 

  2174. 				case 'radio':
    2175. 

  2175. 					$l = self::getLabelFromItemlist($table, $col, $value);
    2176. 

  2176. 					$l = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL($l);
    2177. 

  2177. 				break;
    2178. 

  2178. 				case 'select':
    2179. 

  2179. 					if ($theColConf['MM']) {
    2180. 

  2180. 						// Display the title of MM related records in lists
    2181. 

  2181. 						if ($noRecordLookup) {
    2182. 

  2182. 							$MMfield = $theColConf['foreign_table'].'.uid';
    2183. 

  2183. 						} else	{
    2184. 

  2184. 							$MMfields = array($theColConf['foreign_table'].'.'.$TCA[$theColConf['foreign_table']]['ctrl']['label']);
    2185. 

  2185. 							foreach (t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $TCA[$theColConf['foreign_table']]['ctrl']['label_alt'], 1) as $f)	{
    2186. 

  2186. 								$MMfields[] = $theColConf['foreign_table'].'.'.$f;
    2187. 

  2187. 							}
    2188. 

  2188. 							$MMfield = join(',',$MMfields);
    2189. 

  2189. 						}
    2190. 

  2190. 

  2191. 						$dbGroup = t3lib_div::makeInstance('t3lib_loadDBGroup');
    2192. 

  2192. 						$dbGroup->start($value, $theColConf['foreign_table'], $theColConf['MM'], $uid, $table, $theColConf);
    2193. 

  2193. 						$selectUids = $dbGroup->tableArray[$theColConf['foreign_table']];
    2194. 

  2194. 

  2195. 						if (is_array($selectUids) && count($selectUids)>0) {
    2196. 

  2196. 							$MMres = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    2197. 

  2197. 								'uid, '.$MMfield,
    2198. 

  2198. 								$theColConf['foreign_table'],
    2199. 

  2199. 								'uid IN ('.implode(',', $selectUids).')'
    2200. 

  2200. 							);
    2201. 

  2201. 							while($MMrow = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($MMres)) {
    2202. 

  2202. 								$mmlA[] = ($noRecordLookup ? $MMrow['uid'] : self::getRecordTitle($theColConf['foreign_table'], $MMrow, FALSE, $forceResult));
    2203. 

  2203. 							}
    2204. 

  2204. 							$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($MMres);
    2205. 

  2205. 

  2206. 							if (is_array($mmlA)) {
    2207. 

  2207. 								$l = implode('; ', $mmlA);
    2208. 

  2208. 							} else {
    2209. 

  2209. 								$l = '';
    2210. 

  2210. 							}
    2211. 

  2211. 						} else {
    2212. 

  2212. 							$l = 'N/A';
    2213. 

  2213. 						}
    2214. 

  2214. 					} else {
    2215. 

  2215. 						$l = self::getLabelFromItemlist($table, $col, $value);
    2216. 

  2216. 						$l = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL($l);
    2217. 

  2217. 						if ($theColConf['foreign_table'] && !$l && $TCA[$theColConf['foreign_table']]) {
    2218. 

  2218. 							if ($noRecordLookup) {
    2219. 

  2219. 								$l = $value;
    2220. 

  2220. 							} else {
    2221. 

  2221. 								$rParts = t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $value, 1);
    2222. 

  2222. 								$lA = array();
    2223. 

  2223. 								foreach ($rParts as $rVal) {
    2224. 

  2224. 									$rVal = intval($rVal);
    2225. 

  2225. 									if ($rVal>0) {
    2226. 

  2226. 										$r = self::getRecordWSOL($theColConf['foreign_table'], $rVal);
    2227. 

  2227. 									} else {
    2228. 

  2228. 										$r = self::getRecordWSOL($theColConf['neg_foreign_table'], -$rVal);
    2229. 

  2229. 									}
    2230. 

  2230. 									if (is_array($r)) {
    2231. 

  2231. 										$lA[] = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL($rVal>0?$theColConf['foreign_table_prefix']:$theColConf['neg_foreign_table_prefix']) . self::getRecordTitle($rVal>0?$theColConf['foreign_table']:$theColConf['neg_foreign_table'], $r, FALSE, $forceResult);
    2232. 

  2232. 									} else {
    2233. 

  2233. 										$lA[] = $rVal?'['.$rVal.'!]':'';
    2234. 

  2234. 									}
    2235. 

  2235. 								}
    2236. 

  2236. 								$l = implode(', ', $lA);
    2237. 

  2237. 							}
    2238. 

  2238. 						}
    2239. 

  2239. 					}
    2240. 

  2240. 				break;
    2241. 

  2241. 				case 'group':
    2242. 

  2242. 					$l = implode(', ', t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $value, 1));
    2243. 

  2243. 				break;
    2244. 

  2244. 				case 'check':
    2245. 

  2245. 					if (!is_array($theColConf['items']) || count($theColConf['items'])==1) {
    2246. 

  2246. 						$l = $value ? $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_common.xml:yes') : $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_common.xml:no');
    2247. 

  2247. 					} else {
    2248. 

  2248. 						$lA = Array();
    2249. 

  2249. 						foreach ($theColConf['items'] as $key => $val) {
    2250. 

  2250. 							if ($value & pow(2, $key))	{$lA[] = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL($val[0]);}
    2251. 

  2251. 						}
    2252. 

  2252. 						$l = implode(', ', $lA);
    2253. 

  2253. 					}
    2254. 

  2254. 				break;
    2255. 

  2255. 				case 'input':
    2256. 

  2256. 					if (isset($value)) {
    2257. 

  2257. 						if (t3lib_div::inList($theColConf['eval'], 'date')) {
    2258. 

  2258. 							$l = self::date($value) .
    2259. 

  2259. 								' (' .
    2260. 

  2260. 								($GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'] - $value > 0 ? '-' : '') .
    2261. 

  2261. 								self::calcAge(abs($GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'] - $value), $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.minutesHoursDaysYears')) .
    2262. 

  2262. 								')';
    2263. 

  2263. 						} elseif (t3lib_div::inList($theColConf['eval'], 'time')) {
    2264. 

  2264. 							$l = self::time($value, FALSE);
    2265. 

  2265. 						} elseif (t3lib_div::inList($theColConf['eval'], 'timesec')) {
    2266. 

  2266. 							$l = self::time($value);
    2267. 

  2267. 						} elseif (t3lib_div::inList($theColConf['eval'], 'datetime')) {
    2268. 

  2268. 							$l = self::datetime($value);
    2269. 

  2269. 						} else {
    2270. 

  2270. 							$l = $value;
    2271. 

  2271. 						}
    2272. 

  2272. 					}
    2273. 

  2273. 				break;
    2274. 

  2274. 				case 'flex':
    2275. 

  2275. 					$l = strip_tags($value);
    2276. 

  2276. 				break;
    2277. 

  2277. 				default:
    2278. 

  2278. 					if ($defaultPassthrough) {
    2279. 

  2279. 						$l = $value;
    2280. 

  2280. 					} elseif ($theColConf['MM']) {
    2281. 

  2281. 						$l = 'N/A';
    2282. 

  2282. 					} elseif ($value) {
    2283. 

  2283. 						$l = t3lib_div::fixed_lgd_cs(strip_tags($value), 200);
    2284. 

  2284. 					}
    2285. 

  2285. 				break;
    2286. 

  2286. 			}
    2287. 

  2287. 

  2288. 				// If this field is a password field, then hide the password by changing it to a random number of asterisk (*)
    2289. 

  2289. 			if (stristr($theColConf['eval'], 'password')) {
    2290. 

  2290. 				unset($l);
    2291. 

  2291. 				$randomNumber = rand(5, 12);
    2292. 

  2292. 				for ($i=0; $i < $randomNumber; $i++) {
    2293. 

  2293. 					$l .= '*';
    2294. 

  2294. 				}
    2295. 

  2295. 			}
    2296. 

  2296. 

  2297. 				/*****************
    2298. 

  2298. 				 *HOOK: post-processing the human readable output from a record
    2299. 

  2299. 				 ****************/
    2300. 

  2300. 			if (is_array ($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['postProcessValue'])) {
    2301. 

  2301. 			foreach ($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['postProcessValue'] as $_funcRef) {
    2302. 

  2302. 					$params = array(
    2303. 

  2303. 						'value' => $l,
    2304. 

  2304. 						'colConf' => $theColConf
    2305. 

  2305. 					);
    2306. 

  2306. 					$l = t3lib_div::callUserFunction($_funcRef, $params, $this);
    2307. 

  2307. 				}
    2308. 

  2308. 			}
    2309. 

  2309. 

  2310. 			if ($fixed_lgd_chars) {
    2311. 

  2311. 				return t3lib_div::fixed_lgd_cs($l, $fixed_lgd_chars);
    2312. 

  2312. 			} else {
    2313. 

  2313. 				return $l;
    2314. 

  2314. 			}
    2315. 

  2315. 		}
    2316. 

  2316. 	}
    2317. 

  2317. 

  2318. 	/**
    2319. 

  2319. 	 * Same as ->getProcessedValue() but will go easy on fields like "tstamp" and "pid" which are not configured in TCA - they will be formatted by this function instead.
    2320. 

  2320. 	 * Usage: 2
    2321. 

  2321. 	 *
    2322. 

  2322. 	 * @param	string		Table name, present in TCA
    2323. 

  2323. 	 * @param	string		Field name
    2324. 

  2324. 	 * @param	string		Field value
    2325. 

  2325. 	 * @param	integer		$fixed_lgd_chars is the max amount of characters the value may occupy
    2326. 

  2326. 	 * @param	integer		uid of the current record
    2327. 

  2327. 	 * @param	boolean		If t3lib_BEfunc::getRecordTitle is used to process the value, this parameter is forwarded.
    2328. 

  2328. 	 * @return	string
    2329. 

  2329. 	 * @see getProcessedValue()
    2330. 

  2330. 	 */
    2331. 

  2331. 	public static function getProcessedValueExtra($table, $fN, $fV, $fixed_lgd_chars = 0, $uid = 0, $forceResult = TRUE) {
    2332. 

  2332. 		global $TCA;
    2333. 

  2333. 		$fVnew = self::getProcessedValue($table, $fN, $fV, $fixed_lgd_chars, 0, 0, $uid, $forceResult);
    2334. 

  2334. 		if (!isset($fVnew)) {
    2335. 

  2335. 			if (is_array($TCA[$table])) {
    2336. 

  2336. 				if ($fN==$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['tstamp'] || $fN==$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['crdate']) {
    2337. 

  2337. 					$fVnew = self::datetime($fV);
    2338. 

  2338. 				} elseif ($fN=='pid'){
    2339. 

  2339. 					$fVnew = self::getRecordPath($fV, '1=1', 20);	// Fetches the path with no regard to the users permissions to select pages.
    2340. 

  2340. 				} else {
    2341. 

  2341. 					$fVnew = $fV;
    2342. 

  2342. 				}
    2343. 

  2343. 			}
    2344. 

  2344. 		}
    2345. 

  2345. 		return $fVnew;
    2346. 

  2346. 	}
    2347. 

  2347. 

  2348. 	/**
    2349. 

  2349. 	 * Returns file icon name (from $FILEICONS) for the fileextension $ext
    2350. 

  2350. 	 * Usage: 10
    2351. 

  2351. 	 *
    2352. 

  2352. 	 * @param	string		File extension, lowercase
    2353. 

  2353. 	 * @return	string		File icon filename
    2354. 

  2354. 	 */
    2355. 

  2355. 	public static function getFileIcon($ext) {
    2356. 

  2356. 		return $GLOBALS['FILEICONS'][$ext] ? $GLOBALS['FILEICONS'][$ext] : $GLOBALS['FILEICONS']['default'];
    2357. 

  2357. 	}
    2358. 

  2358. 

  2359. 	/**
    2360. 

  2360. 	 * Returns fields for a table, $table, which would typically be interesting to select
    2361. 

  2361. 	 * This includes uid, the fields defined for title, icon-field.
    2362. 

  2362. 	 * Returned as a list ready for query ($prefix can be set to eg. "pages." if you are selecting from the pages table and want the table name prefixed)
    2363. 

  2363. 	 * Usage: 3
    2364. 

  2364. 	 *
    2365. 

  2365. 	 * @param	string		Table name, present in TCA
    2366. 

  2366. 	 * @param	string		Table prefix
    2367. 

  2367. 	 * @param	array		Preset fields (must include prefix if that is used)
    2368. 

  2368. 	 * @return	string		List of fields.
    2369. 

  2369. 	 */
    2370. 

  2370. 	public static function getCommonSelectFields($table, $prefix = '', $fields = array()) {
    2371. 

  2371. 		global $TCA;
    2372. 

  2372. 		$fields[] = $prefix.'uid';
    2373. 

  2373. 		$fields[] = $prefix.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label'];
    2374. 

  2374. 

  2375. 		if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_alt']) {
    2376. 

  2376. 			$secondFields = t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['label_alt'], 1);
    2377. 

  2377. 			foreach($secondFields as $fieldN) {
    2378. 

  2378. 				$fields[] = $prefix.$fieldN;
    2379. 

  2379. 			}
    2380. 

  2380. 		}
    2381. 

  2381. 		if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
    2382. 

  2382. 			$fields[] = $prefix.'t3ver_id';
    2383. 

  2383. 			$fields[] = $prefix.'t3ver_state';
    2384. 

  2384. 			$fields[] = $prefix.'t3ver_wsid';
    2385. 

  2385. 			$fields[] = $prefix.'t3ver_count';
    2386. 

  2386. 		}
    2387. 

  2387. 

  2388. 		if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['selicon_field'])	$fields[] = $prefix.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['selicon_field'];
    2389. 

  2389. 		if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['typeicon_column'])	$fields[] = $prefix.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['typeicon_column'];
    2390. 

  2390. 

  2391. 		if (is_array($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']))		{
    2392. 

  2392. 			if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['disabled'])	$fields[] = $prefix.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['disabled'];
    2393. 

  2393. 			if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['starttime'])	$fields[] = $prefix.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['starttime'];
    2394. 

  2394. 			if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['endtime'])	$fields[] = $prefix.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['endtime'];
    2395. 

  2395. 			if ($TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['fe_group'])	$fields[] = $prefix.$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['enablecolumns']['fe_group'];
    2396. 

  2396. 		}
    2397. 

  2397. 

  2398. 		return implode(',', array_unique($fields));
    2399. 

  2399. 	}
    2400. 

  2400. 

  2401. 	/**
    2402. 

  2402. 	 * Makes a form for configuration of some values based on configuration found in the array $configArray, with default values from $defaults and a data-prefix $dataPrefix
    2403. 

  2403. 	 * <form>-tags must be supplied separately
    2404. 

  2404. 	 * Needs more documentation and examples, in particular syntax for configuration array. See Inside TYPO3. That's were you can expect to find example, if anywhere.
    2405. 

  2405. 	 * Usage: 1 (ext. direct_mail)
    2406. 

  2406. 	 *
    2407. 

  2407. 	 * @param	array		Field configuration code.
    2408. 

  2408. 	 * @param	array		Defaults
    2409. 

  2409. 	 * @param	string		Prefix for formfields
    2410. 

  2410. 	 * @return	string		HTML for a form.
    2411. 

  2411. 	 */
    2412. 

  2412. 	public static function makeConfigForm($configArray, $defaults, $dataPrefix) {
    2413. 

  2413. 		$params = $defaults;
    2414. 

  2414. 		if (is_array($configArray)) {
    2415. 

  2415. 			$lines = array();
    2416. 

  2416. 			foreach ($configArray as $fname => $config) {
    2417. 

  2417. 				if (is_array($config)) {
    2418. 

  2418. 					$lines[$fname] = '<strong>'.htmlspecialchars($config[1]).'</strong><br />';
    2419. 

  2419. 					$lines[$fname].=$config[2].'<br />';
    2420. 

  2420. 					switch($config[0]) {
    2421. 

  2421. 						case 'string':
    2422. 

  2422. 						case 'short':
    2423. 

  2423. 							$formEl = '<input type="text" name="'.$dataPrefix.'['.$fname.']" value="'.$params[$fname].'"'.$GLOBALS['TBE_TEMPLATE']->formWidth($config[0]=='short'?24:48).' />';
    2424. 

  2424. 						break;
    2425. 

  2425. 						case 'check':
    2426. 

  2426. 							$formEl = '<input type="hidden" name="'.$dataPrefix.'['.$fname.']" value="0" /><input type="checkbox" name="'.$dataPrefix.'['.$fname.']" value="1"'.($params[$fname]?' checked="checked"':'').' />';
    2427. 

  2427. 						break;
    2428. 

  2428. 						case 'comment':
    2429. 

  2429. 							$formEl = '';
    2430. 

  2430. 						break;
    2431. 

  2431. 						case 'select':
    2432. 

  2432. 							$opt = array();
    2433. 

  2433. 							foreach ($config[3] as $k => $v) {
    2434. 

  2434. 								$opt[] = '<option value="'.htmlspecialchars($k).'"'.($params[$fname]==$k?' selected="selected"':'').'>'.htmlspecialchars($v).'</option>';
    2435. 

  2435. 							}
    2436. 

  2436. 							$formEl = '<select name="'.$dataPrefix.'['.$fname.']">'.implode('', $opt).'</select>';
    2437. 

  2437. 						break;
    2438. 

  2438. 						default:
    2439. 

  2439. 							debug($config);
    2440. 

  2440. 						break;
    2441. 

  2441. 					}
    2442. 

  2442. 					$lines[$fname].=$formEl;
    2443. 

  2443. 					$lines[$fname].='<br /><br />';
    2444. 

  2444. 				} else {
    2445. 

  2445. 					$lines[$fname] = '<hr />';
    2446. 

  2446. 					if ($config)	$lines[$fname].='<strong>'.strtoupper(htmlspecialchars($config)).'</strong><br />';
    2447. 

  2447. 					if ($config)	$lines[$fname].='<br />';
    2448. 

  2448. 				}
    2449. 

  2449. 			}
    2450. 

  2450. 		}
    2451. 

  2451. 		$out = implode('', $lines);
    2452. 

  2452. 		$out.='<input type="submit" name="submit" value="Update configuration" />';
    2453. 

  2453. 		return $out;
    2454. 

  2454. 	}
    2455. 

  2455. 

  2456. 

  2457. 

  2458. 

  2459. 

  2460. 

  2461. 

  2462. 

  2463. 

  2464. 

  2465. 

  2466. 

  2467. 

  2468. 	/*******************************************
    2469. 

  2469. 	 *
    2470. 

  2470. 	 * Backend Modules API functions
    2471. 

  2471. 	 *
    2472. 

  2472. 	 *******************************************/
    2473. 

  2473. 

  2474. 	/**
    2475. 

  2475. 	 * Returns help-text icon if configured for.
    2476. 

  2476. 	 * TCA_DESCR must be loaded prior to this function and $BE_USER must have 'edit_showFieldHelp' set to 'icon', otherwise nothing is returned
    2477. 

  2477. 	 * Usage: 6
    2478. 

  2478. 	 *
    2479. 

  2479. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    2480. 

  2480. 	 * @param	string		Field name
    2481. 

  2481. 	 * @param	string		Back path
    2482. 

  2482. 	 * @param	boolean		Force display of icon nomatter BE_USER setting for help
    2483. 

  2483. 	 * @return	string		HTML content for a help icon/text
    2484. 

  2484. 	 */
    2485. 

  2485. 	public static function helpTextIcon($table, $field, $BACK_PATH, $force = 0) {
    2486. 

  2486. 		global $TCA_DESCR, $BE_USER;
    2487. 

  2487. 

  2488. 		$onClick = 'vHWin=window.open(\''.$BACK_PATH.'view_help.php?tfID='.($table.'.'.$field).'\',\'viewFieldHelp\',\'height=400,width=600,status=0,menubar=0,scrollbars=1\');vHWin.focus();return false;';
    2489. 

  2489. 		if (is_array($TCA_DESCR[$table]) && is_array($TCA_DESCR[$table]['columns'][$field]) && (isset($BE_USER->uc['edit_showFieldHelp']) || $force)) {
    2490. 

  2490. 			if ($BE_USER->uc['edit_showFieldHelp'] == 'icon') {
    2491. 

  2491. 				$text = self::helpText($table, $field, $BACK_PATH, '');
    2492. 

  2492. 				$text = '<div class="typo3-csh-inline">' . $GLOBALS['LANG']->hscAndCharConv($text, false) . '</div>';
    2493. 

  2493. 			}
    2494. 

  2494. 			return '<a class="typo3-csh-link" href="#" onclick="'.htmlspecialchars($onClick).'">' . t3lib_iconWorks::getSpriteIcon('actions-system-help-open', array('class' => 'typo3-csh-icon')) . $text.'</a>';
    2495. 

  2495. 		}
    2496. 

  2496. 	}
    2497. 

  2497. 

  2498. 

  2499. 	/**
    2500. 

  2500. 	 * Returns CSH help text (description), if configured for.
    2501. 

  2501. 	 * TCA_DESCR must be loaded prior to this function and $BE_USER must have "edit_showFieldHelp" set to "text",
    2502. 

  2502. 	 * otherwise nothing is returned
    2503. 

  2503. 	 * Will automatically call t3lib_BEfunc::helpTextIcon() to get the icon for the text.
    2504. 

  2504. 	 * Usage: 4
    2505. 

  2505. 	 *
    2506. 

  2506. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    2507. 

  2507. 	 * @param	string		Field name
    2508. 

  2508. 	 * @param	string		Back path
    2509. 

  2509. 	 * @param	string		DEPRECATED: Additional style-attribute content for wrapping table (now: only in function cshItem needed)
    2510. 

  2510. 	 * @return	string		HTML content for help text
    2511. 

  2511. 	 */
    2512. 

  2512. 	public static function helpText($table, $field, $BACK_PATH, $styleAttrib = '') {
    2513. 

  2513. 		global $TCA_DESCR, $BE_USER;
    2514. 

  2514. 		$output = '';
    2515. 

  2515. 

  2516. 		if (is_array($TCA_DESCR[$table]) && is_array($TCA_DESCR[$table]['columns'][$field])) {
    2517. 

  2517. 			$data = $TCA_DESCR[$table]['columns'][$field];
    2518. 

  2518. 				// add see also arrow
    2519. 

  2519. 			if ($data['image_descr'] || $data['seeAlso'] || $data['details'] || $data['syntax']) {
    2520. 

  2520. 				$arrow = t3lib_iconWorks::getSpriteIcon('actions-view-go-forward');
    2521. 

  2521. 			}
    2522. 

  2522. 				// add description text
    2523. 

  2523. 			if ($data['description'] || $arrow) {
    2524. 

  2524. 				$output = '<p class="t3-csh-short">' . nl2br(htmlspecialchars($data['description'])) . $arrow . '</p>';
    2525. 

  2525. 			}
    2526. 

  2526. 

  2527. 				// put header before the rest of the text
    2528. 

  2528. 			if ($data['alttitle']) {
    2529. 

  2529. 				$output = '<h2 class="t3-row-header">' . $data['alttitle'] . '</h2>' . $output;
    2530. 

  2530. 			}
    2531. 

  2531. 		}
    2532. 

  2532. 		return $output;
    2533. 

  2533. 	}
    2534. 

  2534. 

  2535. 

  2536. 	/**
    2537. 

  2537. 	 * API for getting CSH icons/text for use in backend modules.
    2538. 

  2538. 	 * TCA_DESCR will be loaded if it isn't already
    2539. 

  2539. 	 * Usage: ?
    2540. 

  2540. 	 *
    2541. 

  2541. 	 * @param	string		Table name ('_MOD_'+module name)
    2542. 

  2542. 	 * @param	string		Field name (CSH locallang main key)
    2543. 

  2543. 	 * @param	string		Back path
    2544. 

  2544. 	 * @param	string		Wrap code for icon-mode, splitted by "|". Not used for full-text mode.
    2545. 

  2545. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, the full text will never be shown (only icon).
    2546. 

  2546. 	 * 				Useful for places where it will break the page if the table with full text is shown.
    2547. 

  2547. 	 * @param	string		Additional style-attribute content for wrapping table (full text mode only)
    2548. 

  2548. 	 * @return	string		HTML content for help text
    2549. 

  2549. 	 * @see helpText(), helpTextIcon()
    2550. 

  2550. 	 */
    2551. 

  2551. 	public static function cshItem($table, $field, $BACK_PATH, $wrap = '', $onlyIconMode = FALSE, $styleAttrib = '') {
    2552. 

  2552. 		global $TCA_DESCR, $LANG, $BE_USER;
    2553. 

  2553. 

  2554. 		if ($BE_USER->uc['edit_showFieldHelp']) {
    2555. 

  2555. 			$LANG->loadSingleTableDescription($table);
    2556. 

  2556. 

  2557. 			if (is_array($TCA_DESCR[$table])) {
    2558. 

  2558. 				// Creating CSH icon and short description:
    2559. 

  2559. 				$fullText = self::helpText($table, $field, $BACK_PATH, '');
    2560. 

  2560. 				$icon = self::helpTextIcon($table, $field, $BACK_PATH);
    2561. 

  2561. 

  2562. 				if ($fullText && !$onlyIconMode && $BE_USER->uc['edit_showFieldHelp'] == 'text')	{
    2563. 

  2563. 

  2564. 					// Additional styles?
    2565. 

  2565. 					$params = $styleAttrib ? ' style="'.$styleAttrib.'"' : '';
    2566. 

  2566. 

  2567. 					// Compile table with CSH information:
    2568. 

  2568. 					$fullText = '<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="typo3-csh-inline"'.$params.'>
    2569. 

  2569. 					<tr>
    2570. 

  2570. 					<td valign="top" width="14"><div class="t3-row-header">' . $icon . '</div></td>
    2571. 

  2571. 					<td valign="top">'.$fullText.'</td>
    2572. 

  2572. 					</tr>
    2573. 

  2573. 					</table>';
    2574. 

    2575. 

  2575. 					$output = $LANG->hscAndCharConv($fullText, false);
    2576. 

  2576. 				} else {
    2577. 

  2577. 					$output = $icon;
    2578. 

  2578. 

  2579. 					if ($output && $wrap) {
    2580. 

  2580. 						$wrParts = explode('|', $wrap);
    2581. 

  2581. 						$output = $wrParts[0].$output.$wrParts[1];
    2582. 

  2582. 					}
    2583. 

  2583. 				}
    2584. 

  2584. 

  2585. 				return $output;
    2586. 

  2586. 			}
    2587. 

  2587. 		}
    2588. 

  2588. 	}
    2589. 

  2589. 

  2590. 	/**
    2591. 

  2591. 	 * Returns a JavaScript string (for an onClick handler) which will load the alt_doc.php script that shows the form for editing of the record(s) you have send as params.
    2592. 

  2592. 	 * REMEMBER to always htmlspecialchar() content in href-properties to ampersands get converted to entities (XHTML requirement and XSS precaution)
    2593. 

  2593. 	 * Usage: 35
    2594. 

  2594. 	 *
    2595. 

  2595. 	 * @param	string		$params is parameters sent along to alt_doc.php. This requires a much more details description which you must seek in Inside TYPO3s documentation of the alt_doc.php API. And example could be '&edit[pages][123] = edit' which will show edit form for page record 123.
    2596. 

  2596. 	 * @param	string		$backPath must point back to the TYPO3_mainDir directory (where alt_doc.php is)
    2597. 

  2597. 	 * @param	string		$requestUri is an optional returnUrl you can set - automatically set to REQUEST_URI.
    2598. 

  2598. 	 * @return	string
    2599. 

  2599. 	 * @see template::issueCommand()
    2600. 

  2600. 	 */
    2601. 

  2601. 	public static function editOnClick($params, $backPath = '', $requestUri = '') {
    2602. 

  2602. 		$retUrl = 'returnUrl='.($requestUri==-1?"'+T3_THIS_LOCATION+'":rawurlencode($requestUri?$requestUri:t3lib_div::getIndpEnv('REQUEST_URI')));
    2603. 

  2603. 		return "window.location.href='".$backPath."alt_doc.php?".$retUrl.$params."'; return false;";
    2604. 

  2604. 	}
    2605. 

  2605. 

  2606. 	/**
    2607. 

  2607. 	 * Returns a JavaScript string for viewing the page id, $id
    2608. 

  2608. 	 * It will detect the correct domain name if needed and provide the link with the right back path. Also it will re-use any window already open.
    2609. 

  2609. 	 * Usage: 8
    2610. 

  2610. 	 *
    2611. 

  2611. 	 * @param	integer		$id is page id
    2612. 

  2612. 	 * @param	string		$backpath must point back to TYPO3_mainDir (where the site is assumed to be one level above)
    2613. 

  2613. 	 * @param	array		If root line is supplied the function will look for the first found domain record and use that URL instead (if found)
    2614. 

  2614. 	 * @param	string		$anchor is optional anchor to the URL
    2615. 

  2615. 	 * @param	string		$altUrl is an alternative URL which - if set - will make all other parameters ignored: The function will just return the window.open command wrapped around this URL!
    2616. 

  2616. 	 * @param	string		Additional GET variables.
    2617. 

  2617. 	 * @param	boolean		If true, then the preview window will gain the focus.
    2618. 

  2618. 	 * @return	string
    2619. 

  2619. 	 */
    2620. 

  2620. 	public static function viewOnClick($id, $backPath = '', $rootLine = '', $anchor = '', $altUrl = '', $addGetVars = '', $switchFocus = TRUE) {
    2621. 

  2621. 

  2622. 		$viewScriptPreviewEnabled  = '/' . TYPO3_mainDir . 'mod/user/ws/wsol_preview.php?id=';
    2623. 

  2623. 		$viewScriptPreviewDisabled = '/index.php?id=';
    2624. 

  2624. 		if ($altUrl) {
    2625. 

  2625. 			$viewScriptPreviewEnabled = $viewScriptPreviewDisabled = $altUrl;
    2626. 

  2626. 		}
    2627. 

  2627. 

  2628. 			// Look if a fixed preview language should be added:
    2629. 

  2629. 		$viewLanguageOrder = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getTSConfigVal('options.view.languageOrder');
    2630. 

  2630. 		if (strlen($viewLanguageOrder))	{
    2631. 

  2631. 			$suffix = '';
    2632. 

  2632. 

  2633. 				// Find allowed languages (if none, all are allowed!)
    2634. 

  2634. 			if (!$GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['admin'] &&
    2635. 

  2635. 				strlen($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->groupData['allowed_languages'])) {
    2636. 

  2636. 				$allowed_languages = array_flip(explode(',', $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->groupData['allowed_languages']));
    2637. 

  2637. 			}
    2638. 

  2638. 

  2639. 				// Traverse the view order, match first occurence:
    2640. 

  2640. 			$lOrder = t3lib_div::intExplode(',', $viewLanguageOrder);
    2641. 

  2641. 			foreach($lOrder as $langUid) {
    2642. 

  2642. 				if (is_array($allowed_languages) && count($allowed_languages)) {
    2643. 

  2643. 					if (isset($allowed_languages[$langUid])) {	// Choose if set.
    2644. 

  2644. 						$suffix = '&L=' . $langUid;
    2645. 

  2645. 						break;
    2646. 

  2646. 					}
    2647. 

  2647. 				} else {	// All allowed since no lang. are listed.
    2648. 

  2648. 					$suffix = '&L=' . $langUid;
    2649. 

  2649. 					break;
    2650. 

  2650. 				}
    2651. 

  2651. 			}
    2652. 

  2652. 				// Add it:
    2653. 

  2653. 			$addGetVars .= $suffix;
    2654. 

  2654. 		}
    2655. 

  2655. 

  2656. 			// check if we need to preview a mount point
    2657. 

  2657. 		$sys_page = t3lib_div::makeInstance('t3lib_pageSelect');
    2658. 

  2658. 		$sys_page->init(FALSE);
    2659. 

  2659. 		$mountPointInfo = $sys_page->getMountPointInfo($id);
    2660. 

  2660. 		if ($mountPointInfo && $mountPointInfo['overlay']) {
    2661. 

  2661. 			$id = $mountPointInfo['mount_pid'];
    2662. 

  2662. 			$addGetVars .= '&MP=' . $mountPointInfo['MPvar'];
    2663. 

  2663. 		}
    2664. 

  2664. 

  2665. 		$viewDomain = self::getViewDomain($id, $rootLine);
    2666. 

  2666. 		$urlPreviewEnabled  = $viewDomain . $viewScriptPreviewEnabled . $id . $addGetVars . $anchor;
    2667. 

  2667. 		$urlPreviewDisabled = $viewDomain . $viewScriptPreviewDisabled . $id . $addGetVars . $anchor;
    2668. 

  2668. 

  2669. 		return "var previewWin=window.open(top.TYPO3.configuration.inWorkspace !== 0 && top.TYPO3.configuration.workspaceFrontendPreviewEnabled ?'" .
    2670. 

  2670. 			$urlPreviewEnabled . "':'" . $urlPreviewDisabled .
    2671. 

  2671. 			"','newTYPO3frontendWindow');" . ( $switchFocus ? 'previewWin.focus();' : '');
    2672. 

  2672. 	}
    2673. 

  2673. 

  2674. 	/**
    2675. 

  2675. 	 * Builds the frontend view domain for a given page ID with a given root
    2676. 

  2676. 	 * line.
    2677. 

  2677. 	 *
    2678. 

  2678. 	 * @param integer $pageId the page ID to use, must be > 0
    2679. 

  2679. 	 * @param array $rootLine the root line structure to use
    2680. 

  2680. 	 *
    2681. 

  2681. 	 * @return string the full domain including the protocol http:// or https://, but without the trailing '/'
    2682. 

  2682. 	 *
    2683. 

  2683. 	 * @author Michael Klapper <michael.klapper@aoemedia.de>
    2684. 

  2684. 	 */
    2685. 

  2685. 	public static function getViewDomain($pageId, $rootLine = null) {
    2686. 

  2686. 		$domain = rtrim(t3lib_div::getIndpEnv('TYPO3_SITE_URL'), '/');
    2687. 

  2687. 

  2688. 		if (!is_array($rootLine)) {
    2689. 

  2689. 			$rootLine = self::BEgetRootLine($pageId);
    2690. 

  2690. 		}
    2691. 

  2691. 

  2692. 			// checks alternate domains
    2693. 

  2693. 		if (count($rootLine) > 0) {
    2694. 

  2694. 			$urlParts = parse_url($domain);
    2695. 

  2695. 			if (self::getDomainStartPage($urlParts['host'], $urlParts['path'])) {
    2696. 

  2696. 				$protocol = t3lib_div::getIndpEnv('TYPO3_SSL') ? 'https://' : 'http://';
    2697. 

  2697. 				$domain = $protocol . self::firstDomainRecord($rootLine);
    2698. 

  2698. 			}
    2699. 

  2699. 		}
    2700. 

  2700. 

  2701. 		return $domain;
    2702. 

  2702. 	}
    2703. 

  2703. 

  2704. 	/**
    2705. 

  2705. 	 * Returns the merged User/Page TSconfig for page id, $id.
    2706. 

  2706. 	 * Please read details about module programming elsewhere!
    2707. 

  2707. 	 * Usage: 15
    2708. 

  2708. 	 *
    2709. 

  2709. 	 * @param	integer		Page uid
    2710. 

  2710. 	 * @param	string		$TSref is an object string which determines the path of the TSconfig to return.
    2711. 

  2711. 	 * @return	array
    2712. 

  2712. 	 */
    2713. 

  2713. 	public static function getModTSconfig($id, $TSref) {
    2714. 

  2714. 		$pageTS_modOptions = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getTSConfig($TSref, self::getPagesTSconfig($id));
    2715. 

  2715. 		$BE_USER_modOptions = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getTSConfig($TSref);
    2716. 

  2716. 		$modTSconfig = t3lib_div::array_merge_recursive_overrule($pageTS_modOptions, $BE_USER_modOptions);
    2717. 

  2717. 		return $modTSconfig;
    2718. 

  2718. 	}
    2719. 

  2719. 

  2720. 	/**
    2721. 

  2721. 	 * Returns a selector box "function menu" for a module
    2722. 

  2722. 	 * Requires the JS function jumpToUrl() to be available
    2723. 

  2723. 	 * See Inside TYPO3 for details about how to use / make Function menus
    2724. 

  2724. 	 * Usage: 50
    2725. 

  2725. 	 *
    2726. 

  2726. 	 * @param	mixed		$id is the "&id=" parameter value to be sent to the module, but it can be also a parameter array which will be passed instead of the &id=...
    2727. 

  2727. 	 * @param	string		$elementName it the form elements name, probably something like "SET[...]"
    2728. 

  2728. 	 * @param	string		$currentValue is the value to be selected currently.
    2729. 

  2729. 	 * @param	array		$menuItems is an array with the menu items for the selector box
    2730. 

  2730. 	 * @param	string		$script is the script to send the &id to, if empty it's automatically found
    2731. 

  2731. 	 * @param	string		$addParams is additional parameters to pass to the script.
    2732. 

  2732. 	 * @return	string		HTML code for selector box
    2733. 

  2733. 	 */
    2734. 

  2734. 	public static function getFuncMenu($mainParams, $elementName, $currentValue, $menuItems, $script = '', $addparams = '') {
    2735. 

  2735. 		if (is_array($menuItems)) {
    2736. 

  2736. 			if (!is_array($mainParams)) {
    2737. 

  2737. 				$mainParams = array('id' => $mainParams);
    2738. 

  2738. 			}
    2739. 

  2739. 			$mainParams = t3lib_div::implodeArrayForUrl('', $mainParams);
    2740. 

  2740. 

  2741. 			if (!$script) {
    2742. 

  2742. 				$script = basename(PATH_thisScript);
    2743. 

  2743. 				$mainParams.= (t3lib_div::_GET('M') ? '&M='.rawurlencode(t3lib_div::_GET('M')) : '');
    2744. 

  2744. 			}
    2745. 

  2745. 

  2746. 			$options = array();
    2747. 

  2747. 			foreach($menuItems as $value => $label) {
    2748. 

  2748. 				$options[] = '<option value="'.htmlspecialchars($value).'"'.(!strcmp($currentValue, $value)?' selected="selected"':'').'>'.
    2749. 

  2749. 								t3lib_div::deHSCentities(htmlspecialchars($label)).
    2750. 

  2750. 								'</option>';
    2751. 

  2751. 			}
    2752. 

  2752. 			if (count($options)) {
    2753. 

  2753. 				$onChange = 'jumpToUrl(\''.$script.'?'.$mainParams.$addparams.'&'.$elementName.'=\'+this.options[this.selectedIndex].value,this);';
    2754. 

  2754. 				return '
    2755. 

    2756. 

  2756. 					<!-- Function Menu of module -->
    2757. 

  2757. 					<select name="'.$elementName.'" onchange="'.htmlspecialchars($onChange).'">
    2758. 

  2758. 						'.implode('
    2759. 

  2759. 						',$options).'
    2760. 

  2760. 					</select>
    2761. 

  2761. 							';
    2762. 

  2762. 			}
    2763. 

  2763. 		}
    2764. 

  2764. 	}
    2765. 

  2765. 

  2766. 	/**
    2767. 

  2767. 	 * Checkbox function menu.
    2768. 

  2768. 	 * Works like ->getFuncMenu() but takes no $menuItem array since this is a simple checkbox.
    2769. 

  2769. 	 * Usage: 34
    2770. 

  2770. 	 *
    2771. 

  2771. 	 * @param	mixed		$mainParams $id is the "&id=" parameter value to be sent to the module, but it can be also a parameter array which will be passed instead of the &id=...
    2772. 

  2772. 	 * @param	string		$elementName it the form elements name, probably something like "SET[...]"
    2773. 

  2773. 	 * @param	string		$currentValue is the value to be selected currently.
    2774. 

  2774. 	 * @param	string		$script is the script to send the &id to, if empty it's automatically found
    2775. 

  2775. 	 * @param	string		$addParams is additional parameters to pass to the script.
    2776. 

  2776. 	 * @param	string		Additional attributes for the checkbox input tag
    2777. 

  2777. 	 * @return	string		HTML code for checkbox
    2778. 

  2778. 	 * @see getFuncMenu()
    2779. 

  2779. 	 */
    2780. 

  2780. 	public static function getFuncCheck($mainParams, $elementName, $currentValue, $script = '', $addparams = '', $tagParams = '') {
    2781. 

  2781. 		if (!is_array($mainParams)) {
    2782. 

  2782. 			$mainParams = array('id' => $mainParams);
    2783. 

  2783. 		}
    2784. 

  2784. 		$mainParams = t3lib_div::implodeArrayForUrl('', $mainParams);
    2785. 

  2785. 

  2786. 		if (!$script) {
    2787. 

  2787. 			$script = basename(PATH_thisScript);
    2788. 

  2788. 			$mainParams.= (t3lib_div::_GET('M') ? '&M='.rawurlencode(t3lib_div::_GET('M')) : '');
    2789. 

  2789. 		}
    2790. 

  2790. 

  2791. 		$onClick = 'jumpToUrl(\''.$script.'?'.$mainParams.$addparams.'&'.$elementName.'=\'+(this.checked?1:0),this);';
    2792. 

  2792. 		return '<input type="checkbox" class="checkbox" name="'.$elementName.'"'.($currentValue?' checked="checked"':'').' onclick="'.htmlspecialchars($onClick).'"'.($tagParams?' '.$tagParams:'').' />';
    2793. 

  2793. 	}
    2794. 

  2794. 

  2795. 	/**
    2796. 

  2796. 	 * Input field function menu
    2797. 

  2797. 	 * Works like ->getFuncMenu() / ->getFuncCheck() but displays a input field instead which updates the script "onchange"
    2798. 

  2798. 	 * Usage: 1
    2799. 

  2799. 	 *
    2800. 

  2800. 	 * @param	mixed		$id is the "&id=" parameter value to be sent to the module, but it can be also a parameter array which will be passed instead of the &id=...
    2801. 

  2801. 	 * @param	string		$elementName it the form elements name, probably something like "SET[...]"
    2802. 

  2802. 	 * @param	string		$currentValue is the value to be selected currently.
    2803. 

  2803. 	 * @param	integer		Relative size of input field, max is 48
    2804. 

  2804. 	 * @param	string		$script is the script to send the &id to, if empty it's automatically found
    2805. 

  2805. 	 * @param	string		$addParams is additional parameters to pass to the script.
    2806. 

  2806. 	 * @return	string		HTML code for input text field.
    2807. 

  2807. 	 * @see getFuncMenu()
    2808. 

  2808. 	 */
    2809. 

  2809. 	public static function getFuncInput($mainParams, $elementName, $currentValue, $size = 10, $script = "", $addparams = "") {
    2810. 

  2810. 		if (!is_array($mainParams)) {
    2811. 

  2811. 			$mainParams = array('id' => $mainParams);
    2812. 

  2812. 		}
    2813. 

  2813. 		$mainParams = t3lib_div::implodeArrayForUrl('', $mainParams);
    2814. 

  2814. 

  2815. 		if (!$script) {
    2816. 

  2816. 			$script = basename(PATH_thisScript);
    2817. 

  2817. 			$mainParams.= (t3lib_div::_GET('M') ? '&M='.rawurlencode(t3lib_div::_GET('M')) : '');
    2818. 

  2818. 		}
    2819. 

  2819. 

  2820. 		$onChange = 'jumpToUrl(\''.$script.'?'.$mainParams.$addparams.'&'.$elementName.'=\'+escape(this.value),this);';
    2821. 

  2821. 		return '<input type="text"'.$GLOBALS['TBE_TEMPLATE']->formWidth($size).' name="'.$elementName.'" value="'.htmlspecialchars($currentValue).'" onchange="'.htmlspecialchars($onChange).'" />';
    2822. 

  2822. 	}
    2823. 

  2823. 

  2824. 	/**
    2825. 

  2825. 	 * Removes menu items from $itemArray if they are configured to be removed by TSconfig for the module ($modTSconfig)
    2826. 

  2826. 	 * See Inside TYPO3 about how to program modules and use this API.
    2827. 

  2827. 	 * Usage: 4
    2828. 

  2828. 	 *
    2829. 

  2829. 	 * @param	array		Module TS config array
    2830. 

  2830. 	 * @param	array		Array of items from which to remove items.
    2831. 

  2831. 	 * @param	string		$TSref points to the "object string" in $modTSconfig
    2832. 

  2832. 	 * @return	array		The modified $itemArray is returned.
    2833. 

  2833. 	 */
    2834. 

  2834. 	public static function unsetMenuItems($modTSconfig, $itemArray, $TSref) {
    2835. 

  2835. 			// Getting TS-config options for this module for the Backend User:
    2836. 

  2836. 		$conf = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getTSConfig($TSref, $modTSconfig);
    2837. 

  2837. 		if (is_array($conf['properties'])) {
    2838. 

  2838. 			foreach ($conf['properties'] as $key => $val) {
    2839. 

  2839. 				if (!$val) {
    2840. 

  2840. 					unset($itemArray[$key]);
    2841. 

  2841. 				}
    2842. 

  2842. 			}
    2843. 

  2843. 		}
    2844. 

  2844. 		return $itemArray;
    2845. 

  2845. 	}
    2846. 

  2846. 

  2847. 	/**
    2848. 

  2848. 	 * Call to update the page tree frame (or something else..?) after
    2849. 

  2849. 	 * t3lib_BEfunc::getSetUpdateSignal('updatePageTree') -> will set the page tree to be updated.
    2850. 

  2850. 	 * t3lib_BEfunc::getSetUpdateSignal() -> will return some JavaScript that does the update (called in the typo3/template.php file, end() function)
    2851. 

  2851. 	 * please use the setUpdateSignal function instead now, as it allows you to add more parameters
    2852. 

  2852. 	 * Usage: 11
    2853. 

  2853. 	 *
    2854. 

  2854. 	 * @param	string		Whether to set or clear the update signal. When setting, this value contains strings telling WHAT to set. At this point it seems that the value "updatePageTree" is the only one it makes sense to set.
    2855. 

  2855. 	 * @return	string		HTML code (<script> section)
    2856. 

  2856. 	 * @see	t3lib_BEfunc::getUpdateSignalCode()
    2857. 

  2857. 	 * @see	t3lib_BEfunc::setUpdateSignal()
    2858. 

  2858. 	 * @deprecated	since TYPO3 4.2, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5, use the setUpdateSignal function instead, as it allows you to add more parameters
    2859. 

  2859. 	 */
    2860. 

  2860. 	public static function getSetUpdateSignal($set = '') {
    2861. 

  2861. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    2862. 

  2862. 

  2863. 			// kept for backwards compatibility if $set is empty, use "getUpdateSignalCode()" instead
    2864. 

  2864. 		if ($set) {
    2865. 

  2865. 			return self::setUpdateSignal($set);
    2866. 

  2866. 		} else {
    2867. 

  2867. 			return self::getUpdateSignalCode();
    2868. 

  2868. 		}
    2869. 

  2869. 	}
    2870. 

  2870. 

  2871. 

  2872. 	/**
    2873. 

  2873. 	 * Call to update the page tree frame (or something else..?) after
    2874. 

  2874. 	 * use 'updatePageTree' as a first parameter will set the page tree to be updated.
    2875. 

  2875. 	 * Usage: 10
    2876. 

  2876. 	 *
    2877. 

  2877. 	 * @param	string		Key to set the update signal. When setting, this value contains strings telling WHAT to set. At this point it seems that the value "updatePageTree" is the only one it makes sense to set. If empty, all update signals will be removed.
    2878. 

  2878. 	 * @param	mixed		Additional information for the update signal, used to only refresh a branch of the tree
    2879. 

  2879. 	 * @return	void
    2880. 

  2880. 	 * @see	t3lib_BEfunc::getUpdateSignalCode()
    2881. 

  2881. 	 */
    2882. 

  2882. 	public static function setUpdateSignal($set = '', $params = '') {
    2883. 

  2883. 		global $BE_USER;
    2884. 

  2884. 		$modData = $BE_USER->getModuleData('t3lib_BEfunc::getUpdateSignal', 'ses');
    2885. 

  2885. 

  2886. 		if ($set) {
    2887. 

  2887. 			$modData[$set] = array(
    2888. 

  2888. 				'set' => $set,
    2889. 

  2889. 				'parameter' => $params);
    2890. 

  2890. 		} else {	// clear the module data
    2891. 

  2891. 			$modData = array();
    2892. 

  2892. 		}
    2893. 

  2893. 		$BE_USER->pushModuleData('t3lib_BEfunc::getUpdateSignal', $modData);
    2894. 

  2894. 	}
    2895. 

  2895. 

  2896. 

  2897. 	/**
    2898. 

  2898. 	 * Call to update the page tree frame (or something else..?) if this is set by the function
    2899. 

  2899. 	 * setUpdateSignal(). It will return some JavaScript that does the update (called in the typo3/template.php file, end() function)
    2900. 

  2900. 	 * Usage: 1
    2901. 

  2901. 	 *
    2902. 

  2902. 	 * @return	string		HTML javascript code
    2903. 

  2903. 	 * @see	t3lib_BEfunc::setUpdateSignal()
    2904. 

  2904. 	 */
    2905. 

  2905. 	public static function getUpdateSignalCode() {
    2906. 

  2906. 		$signals = array();
    2907. 

  2907. 		$modData = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getModuleData('t3lib_BEfunc::getUpdateSignal', 'ses');
    2908. 

  2908. 		if (!count($modData)) {
    2909. 

  2909. 			return '';
    2910. 

  2910. 		}
    2911. 

  2911. 

  2912. 			// Hook: Allows to let TYPO3 execute your JS code
    2913. 

  2913. 		if (isset($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['updateSignalHook'])) {
    2914. 

  2914. 			$updateSignals = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['updateSignalHook'];
    2915. 

  2915. 		} else {
    2916. 

  2916. 			$updateSignals = array();
    2917. 

  2917. 		}
    2918. 

  2918. 

  2919. 			// loop through all setUpdateSignals and get the JS code
    2920. 

  2920. 		foreach ($modData as $set => $val) {
    2921. 

  2921. 			if (isset($updateSignals[$set])) {
    2922. 

  2922. 				$params = array('set' => $set, 'parameter' => $val['parameter'], 'JScode' => '');
    2923. 

  2923. 				$ref = NULL;
    2924. 

  2924. 				t3lib_div::callUserFunction($updateSignals[$set], $params, $ref);
    2925. 

  2925. 				$signals[] = $params['JScode'];
    2926. 

  2926. 			} else if ($set == 'updatePageTree' || $set == 'updateFolderTree') {
    2927. 

  2927. 				$signals[] = '
    2928. 

  2928. 					if (top && top.content && top.content.nav_frame && top.content.nav_frame.Tree) {
    2929. 

  2929. 						top.content.nav_frame.Tree.refresh();
    2930. 

  2930. 					}';
    2931. 

  2931. 			}
    2932. 

  2932. 		}
    2933. 

  2933. 

  2934. 		$content = implode(LF, $signals);
    2935. 

  2935. 

  2936. 		self::setUpdateSignal();	// for backwards compatibility, should be replaced
    2937. 

  2937. 		return $content;
    2938. 

  2938. 	}
    2939. 

  2939. 

  2940. 

  2941. 	/**
    2942. 

  2942. 	 * Returns an array which is most backend modules becomes MOD_SETTINGS containing values from function menus etc. determining the function of the module.
    2943. 

  2943. 	 * This is kind of session variable management framework for the backend users.
    2944. 

  2944. 	 * If a key from MOD_MENU is set in the CHANGED_SETTINGS array (eg. a value is passed to the script from the outside), this value is put into the settings-array
    2945. 

  2945. 	 * Ultimately, see Inside TYPO3 for how to use this function in relation to your modules.
    2946. 

  2946. 	 * Usage: 23
    2947. 

  2947. 	 *
    2948. 

  2948. 	 * @param	array		MOD_MENU is an array that defines the options in menus.
    2949. 

  2949. 	 * @param	array		CHANGED_SETTINGS represents the array used when passing values to the script from the menus.
    2950. 

  2950. 	 * @param	string		modName is the name of this module. Used to get the correct module data.
    2951. 

  2951. 	 * @param	string		If type is 'ses' then the data is stored as session-lasting data. This means that it'll be wiped out the next time the user logs in.
    2952. 

  2952. 	 * @param	string		dontValidateList can be used to list variables that should not be checked if their value is found in the MOD_MENU array. Used for dynamically generated menus.
    2953. 

  2953. 	 * @param	string		List of default values from $MOD_MENU to set in the output array (only if the values from MOD_MENU are not arrays)
    2954. 

  2954. 	 * @return	array		The array $settings, which holds a key for each MOD_MENU key and the values of each key will be within the range of values for each menuitem
    2955. 

  2955. 	 */
    2956. 

  2956. 	public static function getModuleData($MOD_MENU, $CHANGED_SETTINGS, $modName, $type = '', $dontValidateList = '', $setDefaultList = '')	{
    2957. 

  2957. 

  2958. 		if ($modName && is_string($modName)) {
    2959. 

  2959. 					// GETTING stored user-data from this module:
    2960. 

  2960. 			$settings = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getModuleData($modName, $type);
    2961. 

  2961. 

  2962. 			$changed = 0;
    2963. 

  2963. 			if (!is_array($settings)) {
    2964. 

  2964. 				$changed = 1;
    2965. 

  2965. 				$settings = array();
    2966. 

  2966. 			}
    2967. 

  2967. 			if (is_array($MOD_MENU)) {
    2968. 

  2968. 				foreach ($MOD_MENU as $key=>$var) {
    2969. 

  2969. 

  2970. 						// If a global var is set before entering here. eg if submitted, then it's substituting the current value the array.
    2971. 

  2971. 					if (is_array($CHANGED_SETTINGS) && isset($CHANGED_SETTINGS[$key])) {
    2972. 

  2972. 						if (is_array($CHANGED_SETTINGS[$key])) {
    2973. 

  2973. 							$serializedSettings = serialize($CHANGED_SETTINGS[$key]);
    2974. 

  2974. 							if (strcmp($settings[$key], $serializedSettings)) {
    2975. 

  2975. 								$settings[$key] = $serializedSettings;
    2976. 

  2976. 								$changed = 1;
    2977. 

  2977. 							}
    2978. 

  2978. 						} else {
    2979. 

  2979. 							if (strcmp($settings[$key], $CHANGED_SETTINGS[$key]) ) {
    2980. 

  2980. 								$settings[$key] = $CHANGED_SETTINGS[$key];
    2981. 

  2981. 								$changed = 1;
    2982. 

  2982. 							}
    2983. 

  2983. 						}
    2984. 

  2984.  					}
    2985. 

  2985. 

  2986. 						// If the $var is an array, which denotes the existence of a menu, we check if the value is permitted
    2987. 

  2987. 					if (is_array($var) && (!$dontValidateList || !t3lib_div::inList($dontValidateList, $key))) {
    2988. 

  2988. 							// If the setting is an array or not present in the menu-array, MOD_MENU, then the default value is inserted.
    2989. 

  2989. 						if (is_array($settings[$key]) || !isset($MOD_MENU[$key][$settings[$key]])) {
    2990. 

  2990. 							$settings[$key] = (string)key($var);
    2991. 

  2991. 							$changed = 1;
    2992. 

  2992. 						}
    2993. 

  2993. 					}
    2994. 

  2994. 					if ($setDefaultList && !is_array($var))	{	// Sets default values (only strings/checkboxes, not menus)
    2995. 

  2995. 						if (t3lib_div::inList($setDefaultList, $key) && !isset($settings[$key])) {
    2996. 

  2996. 							$settings[$key] = (string)$var;
    2997. 

  2997. 						}
    2998. 

  2998. 					}
    2999. 

  2999. 				}
    3000. 

  3000. 			} else {die ('No menu!');}
    3001. 

  3001. 

  3002. 			if ($changed) {
    3003. 

  3003. 				$GLOBALS['BE_USER']->pushModuleData($modName, $settings);
    3004. 

  3004. 			}
    3005. 

  3005. 

  3006. 			return  $settings;
    3007. 

  3007. 		} else {die ('Wrong module name: "'.$modName.'"');}
    3008. 

  3008. 	}
    3009. 

  3009. 

  3010. 

  3011. 

  3012. 

  3013. 

  3014. 

  3015. 

  3016. 

  3017. 

  3018. 

  3019. 

  3020. 

  3021. 

  3022. 	/*******************************************
    3023. 

  3023. 	 *
    3024. 

  3024. 	 * Core
    3025. 

  3025. 	 *
    3026. 

  3026. 	 *******************************************/
    3027. 

  3027. 

  3028. 	/**
    3029. 

  3029. 	 * Set preview keyword, eg:
    3030. 

  3030. 	 * 	$previewUrl = t3lib_div::getIndpEnv('TYPO3_SITE_URL').'index.php?ADMCMD_prev='.t3lib_BEfunc::compilePreviewKeyword('id='.$pageId.'&L='.$language.'&ADMCMD_view=1&ADMCMD_editIcons=1&ADMCMD_previewWS='.$this->workspace, $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['uid'], 120);
    3031. 

  3031. 	 *
    3032. 

  3032. 	 * todo for sys_preview:
    3033. 

  3033. 	 * - Add a comment which can be shown to previewer in frontend in some way (plus maybe ability to write back, take other action?)
    3034. 

  3034. 	 * - Add possibility for the preview keyword to work in the backend as well: So it becomes a quick way to a certain action of sorts?
    3035. 

  3035. 	 *
    3036. 

  3036. 	 * @param	string		Get variables to preview, eg. 'id=1150&L=0&ADMCMD_view=1&ADMCMD_editIcons=1&ADMCMD_previewWS=8'
    3037. 

  3037. 	 * @param	string		32 byte MD5 hash keyword for the URL: "?ADMCMD_prev=[keyword]"
    3038. 

  3038. 	 * @param	integer		Time-To-Live for keyword
    3039. 

  3039. 	 * @param	integer		Which workspace to preview. Workspace UID, -1 or >0. If set, the getVars is ignored in the frontend, so that string can be empty
    3040. 

  3040. 	 * @return	string		Returns keyword to use in URL for ADMCMD_prev=
    3041. 

  3041. 	 */
    3042. 

  3042. 	public static function compilePreviewKeyword($getVarsStr, $beUserUid, $ttl = 172800, $fullWorkspace = NULL) {
    3043. 

  3043. 		$field_array = array(
    3044. 

  3044. 			'keyword' => md5(uniqid(microtime())),
    3045. 

  3045. 			'tstamp' => $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'],
    3046. 

  3046. 			'endtime' => $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'] + $ttl,
    3047. 

  3047. 			'config' => serialize(array(
    3048. 

  3048. 				'fullWorkspace' => $fullWorkspace,
    3049. 

  3049. 				'getVars' => $getVarsStr,
    3050. 

  3050. 				'BEUSER_uid' => $beUserUid
    3051. 

  3051. 			))
    3052. 

  3052. 		);
    3053. 

  3053. 

  3054. 		$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_INSERTquery('sys_preview', $field_array);
    3055. 

  3055. 

  3056. 		return $field_array['keyword'];
    3057. 

  3057. 	}
    3058. 

  3058. 

  3059. 	/**
    3060. 

  3060. 	 * Unlock or Lock a record from $table with $uid
    3061. 

  3061. 	 * If $table and $uid is not set, then all locking for the current BE_USER is removed!
    3062. 

  3062. 	 * Usage: 5
    3063. 

  3063. 	 *
    3064. 

  3064. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3065. 

  3065. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid
    3066. 

  3066. 	 * @param	integer		Record pid
    3067. 

  3067. 	 * @return	void
    3068. 

  3068. 	 * @internal
    3069. 

  3069. 	 * @see t3lib_transferData::lockRecord(), alt_doc.php, db_layout.php, db_list.php, wizard_rte.php
    3070. 

  3070. 	 */
    3071. 

  3071. 	public static function lockRecords($table = '', $uid = 0, $pid = 0) {
    3072. 

  3072. 		$user_id = intval($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['uid']);
    3073. 

  3073. 		if ($table && $uid) {
    3074. 

  3074. 			$fields_values = array(
    3075. 

  3075. 				'userid' => $user_id,
    3076. 

  3076. 				'feuserid' => 0,
    3077. 

  3077. 				'tstamp' => $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'],
    3078. 

  3078. 				'record_table' => $table,
    3079. 

  3079. 				'record_uid' => $uid,
    3080. 

  3080. 				'username' => $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['username'],
    3081. 

  3081. 				'record_pid' => $pid
    3082. 

  3082. 			);
    3083. 

  3083. 

  3084. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_INSERTquery('sys_lockedrecords', $fields_values);
    3085. 

  3085. 		} else {
    3086. 

  3086. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_DELETEquery('sys_lockedrecords', 'userid='.intval($user_id));
    3087. 

  3087. 		}
    3088. 

  3088. 	}
    3089. 

  3089. 

  3090. 	/**
    3091. 

  3091. 	 * Returns information about whether the record from table, $table, with uid, $uid is currently locked (edited by another user - which should issue a warning).
    3092. 

  3092. 	 * Notice: Locking is not strictly carried out since locking is abandoned when other backend scripts are activated - which means that a user CAN have a record "open" without having it locked. So this just serves as a warning that counts well in 90% of the cases, which should be sufficient.
    3093. 

  3093. 	 * Usage: 5
    3094. 

  3094. 	 *
    3095. 

  3095. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3096. 

  3096. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid
    3097. 

  3097. 	 * @return	array
    3098. 

  3098. 	 * @internal
    3099. 

  3099. 	 * @see class.db_layout.inc, alt_db_navframe.php, alt_doc.php, db_layout.php
    3100. 

  3100. 	 */
    3101. 

  3101. 	public static function isRecordLocked($table, $uid) {
    3102. 

  3102. 		global $LOCKED_RECORDS;
    3103. 

  3103. 		if (!is_array($LOCKED_RECORDS)) {
    3104. 

  3104. 			$LOCKED_RECORDS = array();
    3105. 

  3105. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    3106. 

  3106. 							'*',
    3107. 

  3107. 							'sys_lockedrecords',
    3108. 

  3108. 							'sys_lockedrecords.userid!='.intval($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->user['uid']).'
    3109. 

  3109. 								AND sys_lockedrecords.tstamp > '.($GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME']-2*3600)
    3110. 

  3110. 						);
    3111. 

  3111. 			while($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res)) {
    3112. 

  3112. 					// Get the type of the user that locked this record:
    3113. 

  3113. 				if ($row['userid']) {
    3114. 

  3114. 					$userTypeLabel = 'beUser';
    3115. 

  3115. 				} elseif ($row['feuserid']) {
    3116. 

  3116. 					$userTypeLabel = 'feUser';
    3117. 

  3117. 				} else {
    3118. 

  3118. 					$userTypeLabel = 'user';
    3119. 

  3119. 				}
    3120. 

  3120. 				$userType = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.' . $userTypeLabel);
    3121. 

  3121. 					// Get the username (if available):
    3122. 

  3122. 				if ($row['username']) {
    3123. 

  3123. 					$userName = $row['username'];
    3124. 

  3124. 				} else {
    3125. 

  3125. 					$userName = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.unknownUser');
    3126. 

  3126. 				}
    3127. 

  3127. 

  3128. 				$LOCKED_RECORDS[$row['record_table'].':'.$row['record_uid']] = $row;
    3129. 

  3129. 				$LOCKED_RECORDS[$row['record_table'].':'.$row['record_uid']]['msg'] = sprintf(
    3130. 

  3130. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.lockedRecordUser'),
    3131. 

  3131. 					$userType,
    3132. 

  3132. 					$userName,
    3133. 

  3133. 					self::calcAge($GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME']-$row['tstamp'], $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.minutesHoursDaysYears'))
    3134. 

  3134. 				);
    3135. 

  3135. 				if ($row['record_pid'] && !isset($LOCKED_RECORDS[$row['record_table'].':'.$row['record_pid']])) {
    3136. 

  3136. 					$LOCKED_RECORDS['pages:'.$row['record_pid']]['msg'] = sprintf(
    3137. 

  3137. 						$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.lockedRecordUser_content'),
    3138. 

  3138. 						$userType,
    3139. 

  3139. 						$userName,
    3140. 

  3140. 						self::calcAge($GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME']-$row['tstamp'], $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.php:labels.minutesHoursDaysYears'))
    3141. 

  3141. 					);
    3142. 

  3142. 				}
    3143. 

  3143. 			}
    3144. 

  3144. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    3145. 

  3145. 		}
    3146. 

  3146. 		return $LOCKED_RECORDS[$table.':'.$uid];
    3147. 

  3147. 	}
    3148. 

  3148. 

  3149. 	/**
    3150. 

  3150. 	 * Returns select statement for MM relations (as used by TCEFORMs etc)
    3151. 

  3151. 	 * Usage: 3
    3152. 

  3152. 	 *
    3153. 

  3153. 	 * @param	array		Configuration array for the field, taken from $TCA
    3154. 

  3154. 	 * @param	string		Field name
    3155. 

  3155. 	 * @param	array		TSconfig array from which to get further configuration settings for the field name
    3156. 

  3156. 	 * @param	string		Prefix string for the key "*foreign_table_where" from $fieldValue array
    3157. 

  3157. 	 * @return	string		Part of query
    3158. 

  3158. 	 * @internal
    3159. 

  3159. 	 * @see t3lib_transferData::renderRecord(), t3lib_TCEforms::foreignTable()
    3160. 

  3160. 	 */
    3161. 

  3161. 	public static function exec_foreign_table_where_query($fieldValue, $field = '', $TSconfig = array(), $prefix = '') {
    3162. 

  3162. 		global $TCA;
    3163. 

  3163. 

  3164. 		t3lib_div::loadTCA($foreign_table);
    3165. 

  3165. 		$foreign_table = $fieldValue['config'][$prefix.'foreign_table'];
    3166. 

  3166. 		$rootLevel = $TCA[$foreign_table]['ctrl']['rootLevel'];
    3167. 

  3167. 

  3168. 		$fTWHERE = $fieldValue['config'][$prefix.'foreign_table_where'];
    3169. 

  3169. 		if (strstr($fTWHERE, '###REC_FIELD_')) {
    3170. 

  3170. 			$fTWHERE_parts = explode('###REC_FIELD_', $fTWHERE);
    3171. 

  3171. 			foreach ($fTWHERE_parts as $kk => $vv) {
    3172. 

  3172. 				if ($kk) {
    3173. 

  3173. 					$fTWHERE_subpart = explode('###', $vv, 2);
    3174. 

  3174. 					if (substr($fTWHERE_parts[0], -1) === '\'' && $fTWHERE_subpart[1]{0} === '\'') {
    3175. 

  3175. 						$fTWHERE_parts[$kk] = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->quoteStr($TSconfig['_THIS_ROW'][$fTWHERE_subpart[0]], $foreign_table) . $fTWHERE_subpart[1];
    3176. 

  3176. 					} else {
    3177. 

  3177. 						$fTWHERE_parts[$kk] = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($TSconfig['_THIS_ROW'][$fTWHERE_subpart[0]], $foreign_table) . $fTWHERE_subpart[1];
    3178. 

  3178. 					}
    3179. 

  3179. 				}
    3180. 

  3180. 			}
    3181. 

  3181. 			$fTWHERE = implode('', $fTWHERE_parts);
    3182. 

  3182. 		}
    3183. 

  3183. 

  3184. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###CURRENT_PID###', intval($TSconfig['_CURRENT_PID']), $fTWHERE);
    3185. 

  3185. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###THIS_UID###', intval($TSconfig['_THIS_UID']), $fTWHERE);
    3186. 

  3186. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###THIS_CID###', intval($TSconfig['_THIS_CID']), $fTWHERE);
    3187. 

  3187. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###STORAGE_PID###', intval($TSconfig['_STORAGE_PID']), $fTWHERE);
    3188. 

  3188. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###SITEROOT###', intval($TSconfig['_SITEROOT']), $fTWHERE);
    3189. 

  3189. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###PAGE_TSCONFIG_ID###', intval($TSconfig[$field]['PAGE_TSCONFIG_ID']), $fTWHERE);
    3190. 

  3190. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###PAGE_TSCONFIG_IDLIST###', $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->cleanIntList($TSconfig[$field]['PAGE_TSCONFIG_IDLIST']), $fTWHERE);
    3191. 

  3191. 		$fTWHERE = str_replace('###PAGE_TSCONFIG_STR###', $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->quoteStr($TSconfig[$field]['PAGE_TSCONFIG_STR'], $foreign_table), $fTWHERE);
    3192. 

  3192. 

  3193. 			// rootLevel = -1 is not handled 'properly' here - it goes as if it was rootLevel = 1 (that is pid=0)
    3194. 

  3194. 		$wgolParts = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->splitGroupOrderLimit($fTWHERE);
    3195. 

  3195. 		if ($rootLevel) {
    3196. 

  3196. 			$queryParts = array(
    3197. 

  3197. 				'SELECT' => self::getCommonSelectFields($foreign_table, $foreign_table . '.'),
    3198. 

  3198. 				'FROM' => $foreign_table,
    3199. 

  3199. 				'WHERE' => $foreign_table.'.pid=0 '.
    3200. 

  3200. 							self::deleteClause($foreign_table) . ' ' .
    3201. 

  3201. 							$wgolParts['WHERE'],
    3202. 

  3202. 				'GROUPBY' => $wgolParts['GROUPBY'],
    3203. 

  3203. 				'ORDERBY' => $wgolParts['ORDERBY'],
    3204. 

  3204. 				'LIMIT' => $wgolParts['LIMIT']
    3205. 

  3205. 			);
    3206. 

  3206. 		} else {
    3207. 

  3207. 			$pageClause = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getPagePermsClause(1);
    3208. 

  3208. 			if ($foreign_table!='pages') {
    3209. 

  3209. 				$queryParts = array(
    3210. 

  3210. 					'SELECT' => self::getCommonSelectFields($foreign_table, $foreign_table . '.'),
    3211. 

  3211. 					'FROM' => $foreign_table.', pages',
    3212. 

  3212. 					'WHERE' => 'pages.uid='.$foreign_table.'.pid
    3213. 

  3213. 								AND pages.deleted=0 '.
    3214. 

  3214. 								self::deleteClause($foreign_table) .
    3215. 

  3215. 								' AND '.$pageClause.' '.
    3216. 

  3216. 								$wgolParts['WHERE'],
    3217. 

  3217. 					'GROUPBY' => $wgolParts['GROUPBY'],
    3218. 

  3218. 					'ORDERBY' => $wgolParts['ORDERBY'],
    3219. 

  3219. 					'LIMIT' => $wgolParts['LIMIT']
    3220. 

  3220. 				);
    3221. 

  3221. 			} else {
    3222. 

  3222. 				$queryParts = array(
    3223. 

  3223. 					'SELECT' => self::getCommonSelectFields($foreign_table, $foreign_table . '.'),
    3224. 

  3224. 					'FROM' => 'pages',
    3225. 

  3225. 					'WHERE' => 'pages.deleted=0
    3226. 

  3226. 								AND '.$pageClause.' '.
    3227. 

  3227. 								$wgolParts['WHERE'],
    3228. 

  3228. 					'GROUPBY' => $wgolParts['GROUPBY'],
    3229. 

  3229. 					'ORDERBY' => $wgolParts['ORDERBY'],
    3230. 

  3230. 					'LIMIT' => $wgolParts['LIMIT']
    3231. 

  3231. 				);
    3232. 

  3232. 			}
    3233. 

  3233. 		}
    3234. 

  3234. 

  3235. 		return $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECT_queryArray($queryParts);
    3236. 

  3236. 	}
    3237. 

  3237. 

  3238. 	/**
    3239. 

  3239. 	 * Returns TSConfig for the TCEFORM object in Page TSconfig.
    3240. 

  3240. 	 * Used in TCEFORMs
    3241. 

  3241. 	 * Usage: 4
    3242. 

  3242. 	 *
    3243. 

  3243. 	 * @param	string		Table name present in TCA
    3244. 

  3244. 	 * @param	array		Row from table
    3245. 

  3245. 	 * @return	array
    3246. 

  3246. 	 * @see t3lib_transferData::renderRecord(), t3lib_TCEforms::setTSconfig(), SC_wizard_list::main(), SC_wizard_add::main()
    3247. 

  3247. 	 */
    3248. 

  3248. 	public static function getTCEFORM_TSconfig($table, $row) {
    3249. 

  3249. 		self::fixVersioningPid($table, $row);
    3250. 

  3250. 

  3251. 		$res = array();
    3252. 

  3252. 		$typeVal = self::getTCAtypeValue($table, $row);
    3253. 

  3253. 

  3254. 			// Get main config for the table
    3255. 

  3255. 		list($TScID, $cPid) = self::getTSCpid($table, $row['uid'], $row['pid']);
    3256. 

  3256. 

  3257. 		$rootLine = self::BEgetRootLine($TScID, '', TRUE);
    3258. 

  3258. 		if ($TScID>=0) {
    3259. 

  3259. 			$tempConf = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->getTSConfig('TCEFORM.' . $table, self::getPagesTSconfig($TScID, $rootLine));
    3260. 

  3260. 			if (is_array($tempConf['properties'])) {
    3261. 

  3261. 				foreach ($tempConf['properties'] as $key => $val) {
    3262. 

  3262. 					if (is_array($val)) {
    3263. 

  3263. 						$fieldN = substr($key, 0, -1);
    3264. 

  3264. 						$res[$fieldN] = $val;
    3265. 

  3265. 						unset($res[$fieldN]['types.']);
    3266. 

  3266. 						if (strcmp($typeVal, '') && is_array($val['types.'][$typeVal.'.'])) {
    3267. 

  3267. 							$res[$fieldN] = t3lib_div::array_merge_recursive_overrule($res[$fieldN], $val['types.'][$typeVal.'.']);
    3268. 

  3268. 						}
    3269. 

  3269. 					}
    3270. 

  3270. 				}
    3271. 

  3271. 			}
    3272. 

  3272. 		}
    3273. 

  3273. 		$res['_CURRENT_PID'] = $cPid;
    3274. 

  3274. 		$res['_THIS_UID'] = $row['uid'];
    3275. 

  3275. 		$res['_THIS_CID'] = $row['cid'];
    3276. 

  3276. 		$res['_THIS_ROW'] = $row;	// So the row will be passed to foreign_table_where_query()
    3277. 

  3277. 

  3278. 		foreach ($rootLine as $rC) {
    3279. 

  3279. 			if (!$res['_STORAGE_PID'])	$res['_STORAGE_PID'] = intval($rC['storage_pid']);
    3280. 

  3280. 			if (!$res['_SITEROOT'])	$res['_SITEROOT'] = $rC['is_siteroot']?intval($rC['uid']):0;
    3281. 

  3281. 		}
    3282. 

  3282. 

  3283. 		return $res;
    3284. 

  3284. 	}
    3285. 

  3285. 

  3286. 	/**
    3287. 

  3287. 	 * Find the real PID of the record (with $uid from $table). This MAY be impossible if the pid is set as a reference to the former record or a page (if two records are created at one time).
    3288. 

  3288. 	 * NOTICE: Make sure that the input PID is never negative because the record was an offline version! Therefore, you should always use t3lib_BEfunc::fixVersioningPid($table,$row); on the data you input before calling this function!
    3289. 

  3289. 	 * Usage: 2
    3290. 

  3290. 	 *
    3291. 

  3291. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3292. 

  3292. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid
    3293. 

  3293. 	 * @param	integer		Record pid, could be negative then pointing to a record from same table whose pid to find and return.
    3294. 

  3294. 	 * @return	integer
    3295. 

  3295. 	 * @internal
    3296. 

  3296. 	 * @see t3lib_TCEmain::copyRecord(), getTSCpid()
    3297. 

  3297. 	 */
    3298. 

  3298. 	public static function getTSconfig_pidValue($table, $uid, $pid)	{
    3299. 

  3299. 

  3300. 		if (t3lib_div::testInt($pid))	{	// If pid is an integer this takes precedence in our lookup.
    3301. 

  3301. 			$thePidValue = intval($pid);
    3302. 

  3302. 			if ($thePidValue<0)	{	// If ref to another record, look that record up.
    3303. 

  3303. 				$pidRec = self::getRecord($table, abs($thePidValue), 'pid');
    3304. 

  3304. 				$thePidValue = is_array($pidRec) ? $pidRec['pid'] : -2;	// Returns -2 if the record did not exist.
    3305. 

  3305. 			}
    3306. 

  3306. 			// ... else the pos/zero pid is just returned here.
    3307. 

  3307. 		} else {	// No integer pid and we are forced to look up the $pid
    3308. 

  3308. 			$rr = self::getRecord($table, $uid);	// Try to fetch the record pid from uid. If the uid is 'NEW...' then this will of course return nothing...
    3309. 

  3309. 

  3310. 			if (is_array($rr)) {
    3311. 

  3311. 					// First check if the pid is -1 which means it is a workspaced element. Get the "real" record:
    3312. 

  3312. 				if ($rr['pid']=='-1') {
    3313. 

  3313. 					$rr = self::getRecord($table, $rr['t3ver_oid'], 'pid');
    3314. 

  3314. 					if (is_array($rr)) {
    3315. 

  3315. 						$thePidValue = $rr['pid'];
    3316. 

  3316. 					}
    3317. 

  3317. 				} else {
    3318. 

  3318. 					$thePidValue = $rr['pid'];	// Returning the "pid" of the record
    3319. 

  3319. 				}
    3320. 

  3320. 			}
    3321. 

  3321. 

  3322. 			if (!$thePidValue)	$thePidValue = -1;	// Returns -1 if the record with this pid was not found.
    3323. 

  3323. 		}
    3324. 

  3324. 

  3325. 		return $thePidValue;
    3326. 

  3326. 	}
    3327. 

  3327. 

  3328. 	/**
    3329. 

  3329. 	 * Return $uid if $table is pages and $uid is integer - otherwise the $pid
    3330. 

  3330. 	 * Usage: 1
    3331. 

  3331. 	 *
    3332. 

  3332. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3333. 

  3333. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid
    3334. 

  3334. 	 * @param	integer		Record pid
    3335. 

  3335. 	 * @return	integer
    3336. 

  3336. 	 * @internal
    3337. 

  3337. 	 * @see t3lib_TCEforms::getTSCpid()
    3338. 

  3338. 	 */
    3339. 

  3339. 	public static function getPidForModTSconfig($table, $uid, $pid) {
    3340. 

  3340. 		$retVal = ($table=='pages' && t3lib_div::testInt($uid)) ? $uid : $pid;
    3341. 

  3341. 		return $retVal;
    3342. 

  3342. 	}
    3343. 

  3343. 

  3344. 	/**
    3345. 

  3345. 	 * Returns the REAL pid of the record, if possible. If both $uid and $pid is strings, then pid=-1 is returned as an error indication.
    3346. 

  3346. 	 * Usage: 8
    3347. 

  3347. 	 *
    3348. 

  3348. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3349. 

  3349. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid
    3350. 

  3350. 	 * @param	integer		Record pid
    3351. 

  3351. 	 * @return	array		Array of two integers; first is the REAL PID of a record and if its a new record negative values are resolved to the true PID, second value is the PID value for TSconfig (uid if table is pages, otherwise the pid)
    3352. 

  3352. 	 * @internal
    3353. 

  3353. 	 * @see t3lib_TCEmain::setHistory(), t3lib_TCEmain::process_datamap()
    3354. 

  3354. 	 */
    3355. 

  3355. 	public static function getTSCpid($table, $uid, $pid) {
    3356. 

  3356. 			// If pid is negative (referring to another record) the pid of the other record is fetched and returned.
    3357. 

  3357. 		$cPid = self::getTSconfig_pidValue($table, $uid, $pid);
    3358. 

  3358. 			// $TScID is the id of $table = pages, else it's the pid of the record.
    3359. 

  3359. 		$TScID = self::getPidForModTSconfig($table, $uid, $cPid);
    3360. 

  3360. 

  3361. 		return array($TScID, $cPid);
    3362. 

  3362. 	}
    3363. 

  3363. 

  3364. 	/**
    3365. 

  3365. 	 * Returns first found domain record "domainName" (without trailing slash) if found in the input $rootLine
    3366. 

  3366. 	 * Usage: 2
    3367. 

  3367. 	 *
    3368. 

  3368. 	 * @param	array		Root line array
    3369. 

  3369. 	 * @return	string		Domain name, if found.
    3370. 

  3370. 	 */
    3371. 

  3371. 	public static function firstDomainRecord($rootLine) {
    3372. 

  3372. 		if (t3lib_extMgm::isLoaded('cms')) {
    3373. 

  3373. 			foreach ($rootLine as $row) {
    3374. 

  3374. 				$dRec = self::getRecordsByField('sys_domain', 'pid', $row['uid'], ' AND redirectTo=\'\' AND hidden=0', '', 'sorting');
    3375. 

  3375. 				if (is_array($dRec)) {
    3376. 

  3376. 					reset($dRec);
    3377. 

  3377. 					$dRecord = current($dRec);
    3378. 

  3378. 					return rtrim($dRecord['domainName'], '/');
    3379. 

  3379. 				}
    3380. 

  3380. 			}
    3381. 

  3381. 		}
    3382. 

  3382. 	}
    3383. 

  3383. 

  3384. 	/**
    3385. 

  3385. 	 * Returns the sys_domain record for $domain, optionally with $path appended.
    3386. 

  3386. 	 * Usage: 2
    3387. 

  3387. 	 *
    3388. 

  3388. 	 * @param	string		Domain name
    3389. 

  3389. 	 * @param	string		Appended path
    3390. 

  3390. 	 * @return	array		Domain record, if found
    3391. 

  3391. 	 */
    3392. 

  3392. 	public static function getDomainStartPage($domain, $path = '') {
    3393. 

  3393. 		if (t3lib_extMgm::isLoaded('cms')) {
    3394. 

  3394. 			$domain = explode(':', $domain);
    3395. 

  3395. 			$domain = strtolower(preg_replace('/\.$/', '', $domain[0]));
    3396. 

  3396. 				// path is calculated.
    3397. 

  3397. 			$path = trim(preg_replace('/\/[^\/]*$/', '', $path));
    3398. 

  3398. 				// stuff:
    3399. 

  3399. 			$domain.=$path;
    3400. 

  3400. 

  3401. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery('sys_domain.*', 'pages,sys_domain', '
    3402. 

  3402. 				pages.uid=sys_domain.pid
    3403. 

  3403. 				AND sys_domain.hidden=0
    3404. 

  3404. 				AND (sys_domain.domainName='.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($domain, 'sys_domain').' OR sys_domain.domainName='.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($domain.'/', 'sys_domain').')'.
    3405. 

  3405. 				self::deleteClause('pages'),
    3406. 

  3406. 				'', '', '1');
    3407. 

  3407. 			$result = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res);
    3408. 

  3408. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    3409. 

  3409. 			return $result;
    3410. 

  3410. 		}
    3411. 

  3411. 	}
    3412. 

  3412. 

  3413. 	/**
    3414. 

  3414. 	 * Returns overlayered RTE setup from an array with TSconfig. Used in TCEforms and TCEmain
    3415. 

  3415. 	 * Usage: 8
    3416. 

  3416. 	 *
    3417. 

  3417. 	 * @param	array		The properties of Page TSconfig in the key "RTE."
    3418. 

  3418. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3419. 

  3419. 	 * @param	string		Field name
    3420. 

  3420. 	 * @param	string		Type value of the current record (like from CType of tt_content)
    3421. 

  3421. 	 * @return	array		Array with the configuration for the RTE
    3422. 

  3422. 	 * @internal
    3423. 

  3423. 	 */
    3424. 

  3424. 	public static function RTEsetup($RTEprop, $table, $field, $type = '') {
    3425. 

  3425. 		$thisConfig = is_array($RTEprop['default.']) ? $RTEprop['default.'] : array();
    3426. 

  3426. 		$thisFieldConf = $RTEprop['config.'][$table.'.'][$field.'.'];
    3427. 

  3427. 		if (is_array($thisFieldConf)) {
    3428. 

  3428. 			unset($thisFieldConf['types.']);
    3429. 

  3429. 			$thisConfig = t3lib_div::array_merge_recursive_overrule($thisConfig, $thisFieldConf);
    3430. 

  3430. 		}
    3431. 

  3431. 		if ($type && is_array($RTEprop['config.'][$table.'.'][$field.'.']['types.'][$type.'.'])) {
    3432. 

  3432. 			$thisConfig = t3lib_div::array_merge_recursive_overrule($thisConfig, $RTEprop['config.'][$table.'.'][$field.'.']['types.'][$type.'.']);
    3433. 

  3433. 		}
    3434. 

  3434. 		return $thisConfig;
    3435. 

  3435. 	}
    3436. 

  3436. 

  3437. 	/**
    3438. 

  3438. 	 * Returns first possible RTE object if available.
    3439. 

  3439. 	 * Usage: $RTEobj = &t3lib_BEfunc::RTEgetObj();
    3440. 

  3440. 	 *
    3441. 

  3441. 	 * @return	mixed		If available, returns RTE object, otherwise an array of messages from possible RTEs
    3442. 

  3442. 	 */
    3443. 

  3443. 	public static function &RTEgetObj()	{
    3444. 

  3444. 

  3445. 			// If no RTE object has been set previously, try to create it:
    3446. 

  3446. 		if (!isset($GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj']))	{
    3447. 

  3447. 

  3448. 				// Set the object string to blank by default:
    3449. 

  3449. 			$GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj'] = array();
    3450. 

  3450. 

  3451. 				// Traverse registered RTEs:
    3452. 

  3452. 			if (is_array($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['RTE_reg'])) {
    3453. 

  3453. 				foreach($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['RTE_reg'] as $extKey => $rteObjCfg) {
    3454. 

  3454. 					$rteObj = t3lib_div::getUserObj($rteObjCfg['objRef']);
    3455. 

  3455. 					if (is_object($rteObj)) {
    3456. 

  3456. 						if ($rteObj->isAvailable()) {
    3457. 

  3457. 							$GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj'] = $rteObj;
    3458. 

  3458. 							break;
    3459. 

  3459. 						} else {
    3460. 

  3460. 							$GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj'] = array_merge($GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj'], $rteObj->errorLog);
    3461. 

  3461. 						}
    3462. 

  3462. 					}
    3463. 

  3463. 				}
    3464. 

  3464. 			}
    3465. 

  3465. 

  3466. 			if (!count($GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj'])) {
    3467. 

  3467. 				$GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj'][] = 'No RTEs configured at all';
    3468. 

  3468. 			}
    3469. 

  3469. 		}
    3470. 

  3470. 

  3471. 			// Return RTE object (if any!)
    3472. 

  3472. 		return $GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['RTEobj'];
    3473. 

  3473. 	}
    3474. 

  3474. 

  3475. 	/**
    3476. 

  3476. 	 * Returns soft-reference parser for the softRef processing type
    3477. 

  3477. 	 * Usage: $softRefObj = &t3lib_BEfunc::softRefParserObj('[parser key]');
    3478. 

  3478. 	 *
    3479. 

  3479. 	 * @param	string		softRef parser key
    3480. 

  3480. 	 * @return	mixed		If available, returns Soft link parser object.
    3481. 

  3481. 	 */
    3482. 

  3482. 	public static function &softRefParserObj($spKey)	{
    3483. 

  3483. 

  3484. 			// If no softRef parser object has been set previously, try to create it:
    3485. 

  3485. 		if (!isset($GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['softRefParser'][$spKey]))	{
    3486. 

  3486. 

  3487. 				// Set the object string to blank by default:
    3488. 

  3488. 			$GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['softRefParser'][$spKey] = '';
    3489. 

  3489. 

  3490. 				// Now, try to create parser object:
    3491. 

  3491. 			$objRef = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['GLOBAL']['softRefParser'][$spKey] ?
    3492. 

  3492. 							$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['GLOBAL']['softRefParser'][$spKey] :
    3493. 

  3493. 							$GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['GLOBAL']['softRefParser_GL'][$spKey];
    3494. 

  3494. 			if ($objRef) {
    3495. 

  3495. 				$softRefParserObj = t3lib_div::getUserObj($objRef, '');
    3496. 

  3496. 				if (is_object($softRefParserObj)) {
    3497. 

  3497. 					$GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['softRefParser'][$spKey] = $softRefParserObj;
    3498. 

  3498. 				}
    3499. 

  3499. 			}
    3500. 

  3500. 		}
    3501. 

  3501. 

  3502. 			// Return RTE object (if any!)
    3503. 

  3503. 		return $GLOBALS['T3_VAR']['softRefParser'][$spKey];
    3504. 

  3504. 	}
    3505. 

  3505. 

  3506. 	/**
    3507. 

  3507. 	 * Returns array of soft parser references
    3508. 

  3508. 	 *
    3509. 

  3509. 	 * @param	string		softRef parser list
    3510. 

  3510. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3511. 

  3511. 	 * @param	string		Field name
    3512. 

  3512. 	 * @return	array		Array where the parser key is the key and the value is the parameter string
    3513. 

  3513. 	 */
    3514. 

  3514. 	public static function explodeSoftRefParserList($parserList)	{
    3515. 

  3515. 

  3516. 			// Looking for global parsers:
    3517. 

  3517. 		if (is_array($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['GLOBAL']['softRefParser_GL'])) {
    3518. 

  3518. 			$parserList = implode(',', array_keys($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['GLOBAL']['softRefParser_GL'])).','.$parserList;
    3519. 

  3519. 		}
    3520. 

  3520. 

  3521. 			// Return immediately if list is blank:
    3522. 

  3522. 		if (!strlen($parserList))	return FALSE;
    3523. 

  3523. 

  3524. 			// Otherwise parse the list:
    3525. 

  3525. 		$keyList = t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $parserList, 1);
    3526. 

  3526. 		$output = array();
    3527. 

  3527. 

  3528. 		foreach($keyList as $val) {
    3529. 

  3529. 			$reg = array();
    3530. 

  3530. 			if (preg_match('/^([[:alnum:]_-]+)\[(.*)\]$/', $val, $reg)) {
    3531. 

  3531. 				$output[$reg[1]] = t3lib_div::trimExplode(';', $reg[2], 1);
    3532. 

  3532. 			} else {
    3533. 

  3533. 				$output[$val] = '';
    3534. 

  3534. 			}
    3535. 

  3535. 		}
    3536. 

  3536. 		return $output;
    3537. 

  3537. 	}
    3538. 

  3538. 

  3539. 	/**
    3540. 

  3540. 	 * Returns true if $modName is set and is found as a main- or submodule in $TBE_MODULES array
    3541. 

  3541. 	 * Usage: 1
    3542. 

  3542. 	 *
    3543. 

  3543. 	 * @param	string		Module name
    3544. 

  3544. 	 * @return	boolean
    3545. 

  3545. 	 */
    3546. 

  3546. 	public static function isModuleSetInTBE_MODULES($modName) {
    3547. 

  3547. 		$loaded = array();
    3548. 

  3548. 

  3549. 		foreach ($GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES'] as $mkey => $list) {
    3550. 

  3550. 			$loaded[$mkey] = 1;
    3551. 

  3551. 			if (!is_array($list) && trim($list)) {
    3552. 

  3552. 				$subList = t3lib_div::trimExplode(',', $list, 1);
    3553. 

  3553. 				foreach ($subList as $skey) {
    3554. 

  3554. 					$loaded[$mkey.'_'.$skey] = 1;
    3555. 

  3555. 				}
    3556. 

  3556. 			}
    3557. 

  3557. 		}
    3558. 

  3558. 		return $modName && isset($loaded[$modName]);
    3559. 

  3559. 	}
    3560. 

  3560. 

  3561. 	/**
    3562. 

  3562. 	 * Counting references to a record/file
    3563. 

  3563. 	 *
    3564. 

  3564. 	 * @param	string		Table name (or "_FILE" if its a file)
    3565. 

  3565. 	 * @param	string		Reference: If table, then integer-uid, if _FILE, then file reference (relative to PATH_site)
    3566. 

  3566. 	 * @param	string		Message with %s, eg. "There were %s records pointing to this file!"
    3567. 

  3567. 	 * @param	string		reference count
    3568. 

  3568. 	 * @return	string		Output string (or integer count value if no msg string specified)
    3569. 

  3569. 	 */
    3570. 

  3570. 	public static function referenceCount($table, $ref, $msg = '', $count = NULL) {
    3571. 

  3571. 		if ($count === NULL) {
    3572. 

  3572. 

  3573. 				// Look up the path:
    3574. 

  3574. 			if ($table=='_FILE') {
    3575. 

  3575. 				if (t3lib_div::isFirstPartOfStr($ref, PATH_site)) {
    3576. 

  3576. 					$ref = substr($ref, strlen(PATH_site));
    3577. 

  3577. 					$condition = 'ref_string='.$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($ref, 'sys_refindex');
    3578. 

  3578. 				} else {
    3579. 

  3579. 					return '';
    3580. 

  3580. 				}
    3581. 

  3581. 			} else {
    3582. 

  3582. 				$condition = 'ref_uid=' . intval($ref);
    3583. 

  3583. 			}
    3584. 

  3584. 

  3585. 			$count = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTcountRows(
    3586. 

  3586. 				'*',
    3587. 

  3587. 				'sys_refindex',
    3588. 

  3588. 				'ref_table=' . $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr($table, 'sys_refindex') .
    3589. 

  3589. 					' AND ' . $condition .
    3590. 

  3590. 					' AND deleted=0'
    3591. 

  3591. 			);
    3592. 

  3592. 		}
    3593. 

  3593. 

  3594. 		return ($count ? ($msg ? sprintf($msg, $count) : $count) : '');
    3595. 

  3595. 	}
    3596. 

  3596. 

  3597. 

  3598. 	/**
    3599. 

  3599. 	 * Counting translations of records
    3600. 

  3600. 	 *
    3601. 

  3601. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3602. 

  3602. 	 * @param	string		Reference: the record's uid
    3603. 

  3603. 	 * @param	string		Message with %s, eg. "This record has %s translation(s) which will be deleted, too!"
    3604. 

  3604. 	 * @return	string		Output string (or integer count value if no msg string specified)
    3605. 

  3605. 	 */
    3606. 

  3606. 	public static function translationCount($table, $ref, $msg = '') {
    3607. 

  3607. 		if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transForeignTable']) &&
    3608. 

  3608. 				$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'] &&
    3609. 

  3609. 				$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] &&
    3610. 

  3610. 				!$GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerTable']) {
    3611. 

  3611. 

  3612. 			$where = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] . '=' . intval($ref) .
    3613. 

  3613. 				' AND ' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['languageField'] . '!=0';
    3614. 

  3614. 

  3615. 			if (!empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['delete'])) {
    3616. 

  3616. 				$where .= ' AND ' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['delete'] . '=0';
    3617. 

  3617. 			}
    3618. 

  3618. 

  3619. 			$count = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTcountRows(
    3620. 

  3620. 				'*',
    3621. 

  3621. 				$table,
    3622. 

  3622. 				$where
    3623. 

  3623. 			);
    3624. 

  3624. 		}
    3625. 

  3625. 

  3626. 		return ($count ? ($msg ? sprintf($msg, $count) : $count) : '');
    3627. 

  3627. 	}
    3628. 

  3628. 

  3629. 

  3630. 

  3631. 

  3632. 

  3633. 

  3634. 

  3635. 

  3636. 

  3637. 

  3638. 

  3639. 	/*******************************************
    3640. 

  3640. 	 *
    3641. 

  3641. 	 * Workspaces / Versioning
    3642. 

  3642. 	 *
    3643. 

  3643. 	 *******************************************/
    3644. 

  3644. 

  3645. 	/**
    3646. 

  3646. 	 * Select all versions of a record, ordered by version id (DESC)
    3647. 

  3647. 	 *
    3648. 

  3648. 	 * @param	string		Table name to select from
    3649. 

  3649. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid for which to find versions.
    3650. 

  3650. 	 * @param	string		Field list to select
    3651. 

  3651. 	 * @param	integer		Workspace ID, if zero all versions regardless of workspace is found.
    3652. 

  3652. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, deleted-flagged versions are included! (Only for clean-up script!)
    3653. 

  3653. 	 * @param	array		The current record
    3654. 

  3654. 	 * @return	array		Array of versions of table/uid
    3655. 

  3655. 	 */
    3656. 

  3656. 	public static function selectVersionsOfRecord($table, $uid, $fields = '*', $workspace = 0, $includeDeletedRecords = FALSE, $row = NULL) {
    3657. 

  3657. 		global $TCA;
    3658. 

  3658. 

  3659. 		$realPid = 0;
    3660. 

  3660. 		$outputRows = array();
    3661. 

  3661. 

  3662. 		if ($TCA[$table] && $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
    3663. 

  3663. 

  3664. 			if (is_array($row) && !$includeDeletedRecords) {
    3665. 

  3665. 				$row['_CURRENT_VERSION'] = TRUE;
    3666. 

  3666. 				$realPid = $row['pid'];
    3667. 

  3667. 				$outputRows[] = $row;
    3668. 

  3668. 			} else {
    3669. 

  3669. 					// Select UID version:
    3670. 

  3670. 				$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    3671. 

  3671. 					$fields,
    3672. 

  3672. 					$table,
    3673. 

  3673. 					'uid=' . intval($uid) .
    3674. 

  3674. 						($includeDeletedRecords ? '' : self::deleteClause($table))
    3675. 

  3675. 				);
    3676. 

  3676. 

  3677. 					// Add rows to output array:
    3678. 

  3678. 				if ($res) {
    3679. 

  3679. 					$row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res);
    3680. 

  3680. 					if ($row) {
    3681. 

  3681. 						$row['_CURRENT_VERSION'] = TRUE;
    3682. 

  3682. 						$realPid = $row['pid'];
    3683. 

  3683. 						$outputRows[] = $row;
    3684. 

  3684. 					}
    3685. 

  3685. 					$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    3686. 

  3686. 				}
    3687. 

  3687. 			}
    3688. 

  3688. 

  3689. 				// Select all offline versions of record:
    3690. 

  3690. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery(
    3691. 

  3691. 				$fields,
    3692. 

  3692. 				$table,
    3693. 

  3693. 				'pid=-1 AND uid!='.intval($uid).' AND t3ver_oid='.intval($uid).($workspace!=0?' AND t3ver_wsid='.intval($workspace):'').
    3694. 

  3694. 					($includeDeletedRecords ? '' : self::deleteClause($table)),
    3695. 

  3695. 				'',
    3696. 

  3696. 				't3ver_id DESC'
    3697. 

  3697. 			);
    3698. 

  3698. 

  3699. 				// Add rows to output array:
    3700. 

  3700. 			while (($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res))) {
    3701. 

  3701. 				$outputRows[] = $row;
    3702. 

  3702. 			}
    3703. 

  3703. 

  3704. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    3705. 

  3705. 

  3706. 				// Set real-pid:
    3707. 

  3707. 			foreach ($outputRows as $idx => $oRow) {
    3708. 

  3708. 				$outputRows[$idx]['_REAL_PID'] = $realPid;
    3709. 

  3709. 			}
    3710. 

  3710. 

  3711. 			return $outputRows;
    3712. 

  3712. 		}
    3713. 

  3713. 	}
    3714. 

  3714. 

  3715. 	/**
    3716. 

  3716. 	 * Find page-tree PID for versionized record
    3717. 

  3717. 	 * Will look if the "pid" value of the input record is -1 and if the table supports versioning - if so, it will translate the -1 PID into the PID of the original record
    3718. 

  3718. 	 * Used whenever you are tracking something back, like making the root line.
    3719. 

  3719. 	 * Will only translate if the workspace of the input record matches that of the current user (unless flag set)
    3720. 

  3720. 	 * Principle; Record offline! => Find online?
    3721. 

  3721. 	 *
    3722. 

  3722. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3723. 

  3723. 	 * @param	array		Record array passed by reference. As minimum, "pid" and "uid" fields must exist! "t3ver_oid" and "t3ver_wsid" is nice and will save you a DB query.
    3724. 

  3724. 	 * @param	boolean		Ignore workspace match
    3725. 

  3725. 	 * @return	void		(Passed by ref). If the record had its pid corrected to the online versions pid, then "_ORIG_pid" is set to the original pid value (-1 of course). The field "_ORIG_pid" is used by various other functions to detect if a record was in fact in a versionized branch.
    3726. 

  3726. 	 * @see t3lib_page::fixVersioningPid()
    3727. 

  3727. 	 */
    3728. 

  3728. 	public static function fixVersioningPid($table, &$rr, $ignoreWorkspaceMatch = FALSE) {
    3729. 

  3729. 		global $TCA;
    3730. 

  3730. 

  3731. 		if (t3lib_extMgm::isLoaded('version')) {
    3732. 

  3732. 				// Check that the input record is an offline version from a table that supports versioning:
    3733. 

  3733. 			if (is_array($rr) && $rr['pid'] == -1 && $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
    3734. 

  3734. 

  3735. 					// Check values for t3ver_oid and t3ver_wsid:
    3736. 

  3736. 				if (isset($rr['t3ver_oid']) && isset($rr['t3ver_wsid'])) {	// If "t3ver_oid" is already a field, just set this:
    3737. 

  3737. 					$oid = $rr['t3ver_oid'];
    3738. 

  3738. 					$wsid = $rr['t3ver_wsid'];
    3739. 

  3739. 				} else {	// Otherwise we have to expect "uid" to be in the record and look up based on this:
    3740. 

  3740. 					$newPidRec = self::getRecord($table, $rr['uid'], 't3ver_oid,t3ver_wsid');
    3741. 

  3741. 					if (is_array($newPidRec)) {
    3742. 

  3742. 						$oid = $newPidRec['t3ver_oid'];
    3743. 

  3743. 						$wsid = $newPidRec['t3ver_wsid'];
    3744. 

  3744. 					}
    3745. 

  3745. 				}
    3746. 

  3746. 

  3747. 					// If ID of current online version is found, look up the PID value of that:
    3748. 

  3748. 				if ($oid && ($ignoreWorkspaceMatch || !strcmp((int)$wsid, $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->workspace))) {
    3749. 

  3749. 					$oidRec = self::getRecord($table, $oid, 'pid');
    3750. 

  3750. 					if (is_array($oidRec)) {
    3751. 

  3751. 						$rr['_ORIG_pid'] = $rr['pid'];
    3752. 

  3752. 						$rr['pid'] = $oidRec['pid'];
    3753. 

  3753. 					}
    3754. 

  3754. 				}
    3755. 

  3755. 			}
    3756. 

  3756. 		}
    3757. 

  3757. 	}
    3758. 

  3758. 

  3759. 	/**
    3760. 

  3760. 	 * Workspace Preview Overlay
    3761. 

  3761. 	 * Generally ALWAYS used when records are selected based on uid or pid. If records are selected on other fields than uid or pid (eg. "email = ....") then usage might produce undesired results and that should be evaluated on individual basis.
    3762. 

  3762. 	 * Principle; Record online! => Find offline?
    3763. 

  3763. 	 * Recently, this function has been modified so it MAY set $row to FALSE. This happens if a version overlay with the move-id pointer is found in which case we would like a backend preview. In other words, you should check if the input record is still an array afterwards when using this function.
    3764. 

  3764. 	 *
    3765. 

  3765. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3766. 

  3766. 	 * @param	array		Record array passed by reference. As minimum, the "uid", "pid" and "t3ver_swapmode" (pages) fields must exist! Fake fields cannot exist since the fields in the array is used as field names in the SQL look up. It would be nice to have fields like "t3ver_state" and "t3ver_mode_id" as well to avoid a new lookup inside movePlhOL().
    3767. 

  3767. 	 * @param	integer		Workspace ID, if not specified will use $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->workspace
    3768. 

  3768. 	 * @return	void		(Passed by ref).
    3769. 

  3769. 	 * @see fixVersioningPid()
    3770. 

  3770. 	 */
    3771. 

  3771. 	public static function workspaceOL($table, &$row, $wsid = -99, $unsetMovePointers = FALSE) {
    3772. 

  3772. 		global $TCA;
    3773. 

  3773. 		if (t3lib_extMgm::isLoaded('version')) {
    3774. 

  3774. 

  3775. 			$previewMovePlaceholders = TRUE;		// If this is false the placeholder is shown raw in the backend. I don't know if this move can be useful for users to toggle. Technically it can help debugging...
    3776. 

  3776. 

  3777. 				// Initialize workspace ID:
    3778. 

  3778. 			if ($wsid == -99)	$wsid = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->workspace;
    3779. 

  3779. 

  3780. 				// Check if workspace is different from zero and record is set:
    3781. 

  3781. 			if ($wsid !== 0 && is_array($row)) {
    3782. 

  3782. 

  3783. 					// Check if input record is a move-placeholder and if so, find the pointed-to live record:
    3784. 

  3784. 				if ($previewMovePlaceholders) {
    3785. 

  3785. 					$orig_uid = $row['uid'];
    3786. 

  3786. 					$orig_pid = $row['pid'];
    3787. 

  3787. 					$movePldSwap = self::movePlhOL($table, $row);
    3788. 

  3788. 		#			if (!is_array($row)) return;
    3789. 

  3789. 				}
    3790. 

  3790. 

  3791. 				$wsAlt = self::getWorkspaceVersionOfRecord($wsid, $table, $row['uid'], implode(',', array_keys($row)));
    3792. 

  3792. 

  3793. 					// If version was found, swap the default record with that one.
    3794. 

  3794. 				if (is_array($wsAlt)) {
    3795. 

  3795. 

  3796. 						// Check if this is in move-state:
    3797. 

  3797. 					if ($previewMovePlaceholders && !$movePldSwap && ($table=='pages' || (int)$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']>=2) && $unsetMovePointers) {	// Only for WS ver 2... (moving)
    3798. 

  3798. 

  3799. 							// If t3ver_state is not found, then find it... (but we like best if it is here...)
    3800. 

  3800. 						if (!isset($wsAlt['t3ver_state'])) {
    3801. 

  3801. 							$stateRec = self::getRecord($table, $wsAlt['uid'], 't3ver_state');
    3802. 

  3802. 							$state = $stateRec['t3ver_state'];
    3803. 

  3803. 						} else {
    3804. 

  3804. 							$state = $wsAlt['t3ver_state'];
    3805. 

  3805. 						}
    3806. 

  3806. 						if ((int)$state===4) {
    3807. 

  3807. 								// TODO: Same problem as frontend in versionOL(). See TODO point there.
    3808. 

  3808. 							$row = FALSE;
    3809. 

  3809. 							return;
    3810. 

  3810. 						}
    3811. 

  3811. 					}
    3812. 

  3812. 

  3813. 						// Always correct PID from -1 to what it should be:
    3814. 

  3814. 					if (isset($wsAlt['pid'])) {
    3815. 

  3815. 						$wsAlt['_ORIG_pid'] = $wsAlt['pid'];	// Keep the old (-1) - indicates it was a version...
    3816. 

  3816. 						$wsAlt['pid'] = $row['pid'];		// Set in the online versions PID.
    3817. 

  3817. 					}
    3818. 

  3818. 

  3819. 						// For versions of single elements or page+content, swap UID and PID:
    3820. 

  3820. 					if ($table!=='pages' || $wsAlt['t3ver_swapmode']<=0) {
    3821. 

  3821. 						$wsAlt['_ORIG_uid'] = $wsAlt['uid'];
    3822. 

  3822. 						$wsAlt['uid'] = $row['uid'];
    3823. 

  3823. 

  3824. 							// Backend css class:
    3825. 

  3825. 						$wsAlt['_CSSCLASS'] = $table==='pages' && $wsAlt['t3ver_swapmode']==0 ? 'ver-page' : 'ver-element';
    3826. 

  3826. 					} else {	// This is only for page-versions with BRANCH below!
    3827. 

  3827. 						$wsAlt['_ONLINE_uid'] = $row['uid'];
    3828. 

  3828. 

  3829. 							// Backend css class:
    3830. 

  3830. 						$wsAlt['_CSSCLASS'] = 'ver-branchpoint';
    3831. 

  3831. 						$wsAlt['_SUBCSSCLASS'] = 'ver-branch';
    3832. 

  3832. 					}
    3833. 

  3833. 

  3834. 						// Changing input record to the workspace version alternative:
    3835. 

  3835. 					$row = $wsAlt;
    3836. 

  3836. 				}
    3837. 

  3837. 

  3838. 					// If the original record was a move placeholder, the uid and pid of that is preserved here:
    3839. 

  3839. 				if ($movePldSwap) {
    3840. 

  3840. 					$row['_MOVE_PLH'] = TRUE;
    3841. 

  3841. 					$row['_MOVE_PLH_uid'] = $orig_uid;
    3842. 

  3842. 					$row['_MOVE_PLH_pid'] = $orig_pid;
    3843. 

  3843. 					$row['t3ver_state'] = 3;	// For display; To make the icon right for the placeholder vs. the original
    3844. 

  3844. 				}
    3845. 

  3845. 			}
    3846. 

  3846. 		}
    3847. 

  3847. 	}
    3848. 

  3848. 

  3849. 	/**
    3850. 

  3850. 	 * Checks if record is a move-placeholder (t3ver_state==3) and if so it will set $row to be the pointed-to live record (and return TRUE)
    3851. 

  3851. 	 *
    3852. 

  3852. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3853. 

  3853. 	 * @param	array		Row (passed by reference) - must be online record!
    3854. 

  3854. 	 * @return	boolean		True if overlay is made.
    3855. 

  3855. 	 * @see t3lib_page::movePlhOl()
    3856. 

  3856. 	 */
    3857. 

  3857. 	public static function movePlhOL($table, &$row) {
    3858. 

  3858. 		global $TCA;
    3859. 

  3859. 

  3860. 		if ($table=='pages' || (int)$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']>=2)	{	// Only for WS ver 2... (moving)
    3861. 

  3861. 

  3862. 				// If t3ver_move_id or t3ver_state is not found, then find it... (but we like best if it is here...)
    3863. 

  3863. 			if (!isset($row['t3ver_move_id']) || !isset($row['t3ver_state'])) {
    3864. 

  3864. 				$moveIDRec = self::getRecord($table, $row['uid'], 't3ver_move_id, t3ver_state');
    3865. 

  3865. 				$moveID = $moveIDRec['t3ver_move_id'];
    3866. 

  3866. 				$state = $moveIDRec['t3ver_state'];
    3867. 

  3867. 			} else {
    3868. 

  3868. 				$moveID = $row['t3ver_move_id'];
    3869. 

  3869. 				$state = $row['t3ver_state'];
    3870. 

  3870. 			}
    3871. 

  3871. 

  3872. 				// Find pointed-to record.
    3873. 

  3873. 			if ((int)$state===3 && $moveID) {
    3874. 

  3874. 				if ($origRow = self::getRecord($table, $moveID, implode(',', array_keys($row)))) {
    3875. 

  3875. 					$row = $origRow;
    3876. 

  3876. 					return TRUE;
    3877. 

  3877. 				}
    3878. 

  3878. 			}
    3879. 

  3879. 		}
    3880. 

  3880. 		return FALSE;
    3881. 

  3881. 	}
    3882. 

  3882. 

  3883. 	/**
    3884. 

  3884. 	 * Select the workspace version of a record, if exists
    3885. 

  3885. 	 *
    3886. 

  3886. 	 * @param	integer		Workspace ID
    3887. 

  3887. 	 * @param	string		Table name to select from
    3888. 

  3888. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid for which to find workspace version.
    3889. 

  3889. 	 * @param	string		Field list to select
    3890. 

  3890. 	 * @return	array		If found, return record, otherwise false
    3891. 

  3891. 	 */
    3892. 

  3892. 	public static function getWorkspaceVersionOfRecord($workspace, $table, $uid, $fields = '*') {
    3893. 

  3893. 		global $TCA;
    3894. 

  3894. 

  3895. 		if (t3lib_extMgm::isLoaded('version')) {
    3896. 

  3896. 			if ($workspace !== 0 && $TCA[$table] && $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
    3897. 

  3897. 

  3898. 					// Select workspace version of record:
    3899. 

  3899. 				$rows = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTgetRows(
    3900. 

  3900. 					$fields,
    3901. 

  3901. 					$table,
    3902. 

  3902. 					'pid=-1 AND
    3903. 

  3903. 					 t3ver_oid=' . intval($uid) . ' AND
    3904. 

  3904. 					 t3ver_wsid=' . intval($workspace) .
    3905. 

  3905. 						self::deleteClause($table)
    3906. 

  3906. 				);
    3907. 

  3907. 

  3908. 				if (is_array($rows[0]))	return $rows[0];
    3909. 

  3909. 			}
    3910. 

  3910. 		}
    3911. 

  3911. 		return FALSE;
    3912. 

  3912. 	}
    3913. 

  3913. 

  3914. 	/**
    3915. 

  3915. 	 * Returns live version of record
    3916. 

  3916. 	 *
    3917. 

  3917. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3918. 

  3918. 	 * @param	integer		Record UID of draft, offline version
    3919. 

  3919. 	 * @param	string		Field list, default is *
    3920. 

  3920. 	 * @return	array		If found, the record, otherwise nothing.
    3921. 

  3921. 	 */
    3922. 

  3922. 	public static function getLiveVersionOfRecord($table, $uid, $fields = '*') {
    3923. 

  3923. 		global $TCA;
    3924. 

  3924. 

  3925. 			// Check that table supports versioning:
    3926. 

  3926. 		if ($TCA[$table] && $TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
    3927. 

  3927. 			$rec = self::getRecord($table, $uid, 'pid,t3ver_oid');
    3928. 

  3928. 

  3929. 			if ($rec['pid']==-1) {
    3930. 

  3930. 				return self::getRecord($table, $rec['t3ver_oid'], $fields);
    3931. 

  3931. 			}
    3932. 

  3932. 		}
    3933. 

  3933. 	}
    3934. 

  3934. 

  3935. 	/**
    3936. 

  3936. 	 * Will fetch the rootline for the pid, then check if anywhere in the rootline there is a branch point and if so everything is allowed of course.
    3937. 

  3937. 	 * Alternatively; if the page of the PID itself is a version and swapmode is zero (page+content) then tables from versioning_followPages are allowed as well.
    3938. 

  3938. 	 *
    3939. 

  3939. 	 * @param	integer		Page id inside of which you want to edit/create/delete something.
    3940. 

  3940. 	 * @param	string		Table name you are checking for. If you don't give the table name ONLY "branch" types are found and returned true. Specifying table you might also get a positive response if the pid is a "page" versioning type AND the table has "versioning_followPages" set.
    3941. 

  3941. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, the keyword "branchpoint" or "first" is not returned by rather the "t3ver_stage" value of the branch-point.
    3942. 

  3942. 	 * @return	mixed		Returns either "branchpoint" (if branch) or "first" (if page) or false if nothing. Alternatively, it returns the value of "t3ver_stage" for the branchpoint (if any)
    3943. 

  3943. 	 */
    3944. 

  3944. 	public static function isPidInVersionizedBranch($pid, $table = '', $returnStage = FALSE) {
    3945. 

  3945. 		$rl = self::BEgetRootLine($pid);
    3946. 

  3946. 		$c = 0;
    3947. 

  3947. 

  3948. 		foreach($rl as $rec) {
    3949. 

  3949. 			if ($rec['_ORIG_pid']==-1) {
    3950. 

  3950. 					// In any case: is it a branchpoint, then OK...
    3951. 

  3951. 				if ($rec['t3ver_swapmode']>0) {
    3952. 

  3952. 					return $returnStage ? (int)$rec['t3ver_stage'] : 'branchpoint';	// OK, we are in a versionized branch
    3953. 

  3953. 				} elseif ($c==0 && $rec['t3ver_swapmode']==0 && $table && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioning_followPages'])	{	// First level: So $table must be versioning_followPages
    3954. 

  3954. 					return $returnStage ? (int)$rec['t3ver_stage'] : 'first';	// OK, we are in a versionized branch
    3955. 

  3955. 				}
    3956. 

  3956. 			}
    3957. 

  3957. 			$c++;
    3958. 

  3958. 		}
    3959. 

  3959. 	}
    3960. 

  3960. 

  3961. 	/**
    3962. 

  3962. 	 * Will return where clause de-selecting new(/deleted)-versions from other workspaces.
    3963. 

  3963. 	 *
    3964. 

  3964. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    3965. 

  3965. 	 * @return	string		Where clause if applicable.
    3966. 

  3966. 	 */
    3967. 

  3967. 	public static function versioningPlaceholderClause($table) {
    3968. 

  3968. 		if ($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->workspace!==0 && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table] && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']) {
    3969. 

  3969. 			return ' AND ('.$table.'.t3ver_state<=0 OR '.$table.'.t3ver_wsid='.intval($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->workspace).')';
    3970. 

  3970. 		}
    3971. 

  3971. 	}
    3972. 

  3972. 

  3973. 	/**
    3974. 

  3974. 	 * Count number of versions on a page
    3975. 

  3975. 	 *
    3976. 

  3976. 	 * @param	integer		Workspace ID
    3977. 

  3977. 	 * @param	integer		Page ID
    3978. 

  3978. 	 * @param	boolean		If set, then all tables and not only "versioning_followPages" are found (except other pages)
    3979. 

  3979. 	 * @return	array		Overview of records
    3980. 

  3980. 	 */
    3981. 

  3981. 	public static function countVersionsOfRecordsOnPage($workspace, $pageId, $allTables = FALSE) {
    3982. 

  3982. 		$output = array();
    3983. 

  3983. 		if ($workspace!=0) {
    3984. 

  3984. 			foreach($GLOBALS['TCA'] as $tableName => $cfg) {
    3985. 

  3985. 				if ($tableName!='pages' && $cfg['ctrl']['versioningWS'] && ($cfg['ctrl']['versioning_followPages'] || $allTables))	{
    3986. 

  3986. 

  3987. 						// Select all records from this table in the database from the workspace
    3988. 

  3988. 						// This joins the online version with the offline version as tables A and B
    3989. 

  3989. 					$output[$tableName] = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTgetRows (
    3990. 

  3990. 						'B.uid as live_uid, A.uid as offline_uid',
    3991. 

  3991. 						$tableName.' A,'.$tableName.' B',
    3992. 

  3992. 						'A.pid=-1'.	// Table A is the offline version and pid=-1 defines offline
    3993. 

  3993. 							' AND B.pid='.intval($pageId).
    3994. 

  3994. 							' AND A.t3ver_wsid='.intval($workspace).
    3995. 

  3995. 							' AND A.t3ver_oid=B.uid'.	// ... and finally the join between the two tables.
    3996. 

  3996. 							self::deleteClause($tableName, 'A').
    3997. 

  3997. 							self::deleteClause($tableName, 'B')
    3998. 

  3998. 					);
    3999. 

  3999. 

  4000. 					if (!is_array($output[$tableName]) || !count($output[$tableName])) {
    4001. 

  4001. 						unset($output[$tableName]);
    4002. 

  4002. 					}
    4003. 

  4003. 				}
    4004. 

  4004. 			}
    4005. 

  4005. 		}
    4006. 

  4006. 		return $output;
    4007. 

  4007. 	}
    4008. 

  4008. 

  4009. 	/**
    4010. 

  4010. 	 * Performs mapping of new uids to new versions UID in case of import inside a workspace.
    4011. 

  4011. 	 *
    4012. 

  4012. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    4013. 

  4013. 	 * @param	integer		Record uid (of live record placeholder)
    4014. 

  4014. 	 * @return	integer		Uid of offline version if any, otherwise live uid.
    4015. 

  4015. 	 */
    4016. 

  4016. 	public static function wsMapId($table, $uid) {
    4017. 

  4017. 		if ($wsRec = self::getWorkspaceVersionOfRecord($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->workspace, $table, $uid, 'uid')) {
    4018. 

  4018. 			return $wsRec['uid'];
    4019. 

  4019. 		} else {
    4020. 

  4020. 			return $uid;
    4021. 

  4021. 		}
    4022. 

  4022. 	}
    4023. 

  4023. 

  4024. 	/**
    4025. 

  4025. 	 * Returns move placeholder of online (live) version
    4026. 

  4026. 	 *
    4027. 

  4027. 	 * @param	string		Table name
    4028. 

  4028. 	 * @param	integer		Record UID of online version
    4029. 

  4029. 	 * @param	string		Field list, default is *
    4030. 

  4030. 	 * @return	array		If found, the record, otherwise nothing.
    4031. 

  4031. 	 */
    4032. 

  4032. 	public static function getMovePlaceholder($table, $uid, $fields = '*') {
    4033. 

  4033. 		global $TCA;
    4034. 

  4034. 

  4035. 		$workspace = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->workspace;
    4036. 

  4036. 		if ($workspace!==0 && $TCA[$table] && (int)$TCA[$table]['ctrl']['versioningWS']>=2)	{
    4037. 

  4037. 

  4038. 				// Select workspace version of record:
    4039. 

  4039. 			$rows = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTgetRows(
    4040. 

  4040. 				$fields,
    4041. 

  4041. 				$table,
    4042. 

  4042. 				'pid!=-1 AND
    4043. 

  4043. 				 t3ver_state=3 AND
    4044. 

  4044. 				 t3ver_move_id='.intval($uid).' AND
    4045. 

  4045. 				 t3ver_wsid='.intval($workspace).
    4046. 

  4046. 					self::deleteClause($table)
    4047. 

  4047. 			);
    4048. 

  4048. 

  4049. 			if (is_array($rows[0]))	return $rows[0];
    4050. 

  4050. 		}
    4051. 

  4051. 

  4052. 		return FALSE;
    4053. 

  4053. 	}
    4054. 

  4054. 

  4055. 

  4056. 

  4057. 

  4058. 

  4059. 	/*******************************************
    4060. 

  4060. 	 *
    4061. 

  4061. 	 * Miscellaneous
    4062. 

  4062. 	 *
    4063. 

  4063. 	 *******************************************/
    4064. 

  4064. 

  4065. 	/**
    4066. 

  4066. 	 * Print error message with header, text etc.
    4067. 

  4067. 	 * Usage: 19
    4068. 

  4068. 	 *
    4069. 

  4069. 	 * @param	string		Header string
    4070. 

  4070. 	 * @param	string		Content string
    4071. 

  4071. 	 * @param	boolean		Will return an alert() with the content of header and text.
    4072. 

  4072. 	 * @param	boolean		Print header.
    4073. 

  4073. 	 * @return	void
    4074. 

  4074. 	 */
    4075. 

  4075. 	public static function typo3PrintError($header, $text, $js = '', $head = 1) {
    4076. 

  4076. 			// This prints out a TYPO3 error message.
    4077. 

  4077. 			// If $js is set the message will be output in JavaScript
    4078. 

  4078. 		if ($js) {
    4079. 

  4079. 			echo "alert('".t3lib_div::slashJS($header.'\n'.$text)."');";
    4080. 

  4080. 		} else {
    4081. 

  4081. 			echo $head?'<html>
    4082. 

  4082. 				<head>
    4083. 

  4083. 					<title>Error!</title>
    4084. 

  4084. 				</head>
    4085. 

  4085. 				<body bgcolor="white" topmargin="0" leftmargin="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0">':'';
    4086. 

  4086. 			echo '<div align="center">
    4087. 

  4087. 					<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="333">
    4088. 

  4088. 						<tr>
    4089. 

  4089. 							<td align="center">'.
    4090. 

  4090. 								($GLOBALS['TBE_STYLES']['logo_login']?'<img src="'.$GLOBALS['BACK_PATH'].$GLOBALS['TBE_STYLES']['logo_login'].'" alt="" />':'<img src="'.$GLOBALS['BACK_PATH'].'gfx/typo3logo.gif" width="123" height="34" vspace="10" />').
    4091. 

  4091. 							'</td>
    4092. 

  4092. 						</tr>
    4093. 

  4093. 						<tr>
    4094. 

  4094. 							<td bgcolor="black">
    4095. 

  4095. 								<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="10">
    4096. 

  4096. 									<tr>
    4097. 

  4097. 										<td bgcolor="#F4F0E8">
    4098. 

  4098. 											<font face="verdana,arial,helvetica" size="2">';
    4099. 

  4099. 			echo '<strong><center><font size="+1">'.$header.'</font></center></strong><br />'.$text;
    4100. 

  4100. 			echo '							</font>
    4101. 

  4101. 										</td>
    4102. 

  4102. 									</tr>
    4103. 

  4103. 								</table>
    4104. 

  4104. 							</td>
    4105. 

  4105. 						</tr>
    4106. 

  4106. 					</table>
    4107. 

  4107. 				</div>';
    4108. 

  4108. 			echo $head?'
    4109. 

  4109. 				</body>
    4110. 

  4110. 			</html>':'';
    4111. 

  4111. 		}
    4112. 

  4112. 	}
    4113. 

  4113. 

  4114. 	/**
    4115. 

  4115. 	 * Prints TYPO3 Copyright notice for About Modules etc. modules.
    4116. 

  4116. 	 *
    4117. 

  4117. 	 * @return	void
    4118. 

  4118. 	 */
    4119. 

  4119. 	public static function TYPO3_copyRightNotice() {
    4120. 

  4120. 		global $TYPO3_CONF_VARS;
    4121. 

  4121. 

  4122. 			// COPYRIGHT NOTICE:
    4123. 

  4123. 		$loginCopyrightWarrantyProvider = strip_tags(trim($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SYS']['loginCopyrightWarrantyProvider']));
    4124. 

  4124. 		$loginCopyrightWarrantyURL = strip_tags(trim($TYPO3_CONF_VARS['SYS']['loginCopyrightWarrantyURL']));
    4125. 

  4125. 

  4126. 		if (strlen($loginCopyrightWarrantyProvider)>=2 && strlen($loginCopyrightWarrantyURL)>=10) {
    4127. 

  4127. 			$warrantyNote = sprintf($GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:warranty.by'),
    4128. 

  4128. 				htmlspecialchars($loginCopyrightWarrantyProvider),
    4129. 

  4129. 				'<a href="' . htmlspecialchars($loginCopyrightWarrantyURL) . '" target="_blank">', '</a>'
    4130. 

  4130. 			);
    4131. 

  4131. 		} else {
    4132. 

  4132. 			$warrantyNote = sprintf($GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:no.warranty'),
    4133. 

  4133. 				'<a href="http://typo3.com/1316.0.html" target="_blank">', '</a>'
    4134. 

  4134. 			);
    4135. 

  4135. 		}
    4136. 

  4136. 		$cNotice = '<a href="http://typo3.com/" target="_blank">' .
    4137. 

  4137. 			'<img' . t3lib_iconWorks::skinImg($BACK_PATH, 'gfx/loginlogo_transp.gif', 'width="75" height="19" vspace="2" hspace="4"') . ' alt="' .
    4138. 

  4138. 			$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:typo3.logo') . '" align="left" />' .
    4139. 

  4139. 			$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:typo3.cms') . ' ' .
    4140. 

  4140. 			$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:version.short') . ' ' .
    4141. 

  4141. 			htmlspecialchars(TYPO3_version) . '</a>. ' .
    4142. 

  4142. 			$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:copyright') . ' &copy; ' .
    4143. 

  4143. 			htmlspecialchars(TYPO3_copyright_year) . ' Kasper Sk&aring;rh&oslash;j. ' .
    4144. 

  4144. 			$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:extension.copyright') . ' ' .
    4145. 

  4145. 			sprintf($GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:details.link'),
    4146. 

  4146. 				'<a href="http://typo3.com/" target="_blank">http://typo3.com/</a>'
    4147. 

  4147. 			) . ' ' .
    4148. 

  4148. 			strip_tags($warrantyNote, '<a>') . ' ' .
    4149. 

  4149. 			sprintf($GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:free.software'),
    4150. 

  4150. 				'<a href="http://typo3.com/1316.0.html" target="_blank">', '</a> '
    4151. 

  4151. 			) .
    4152. 

  4152. 			$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_login.xml:keep.notice');
    4153. 

  4153. 

  4154. 		return $cNotice;
    4155. 

  4155. 	}
    4156. 

  4156. 

  4157. 	/**
    4158. 

  4158. 	 * Display some warning messages if this installation is obviously insecure!!
    4159. 

  4159. 	 * These warnings are only displayed to admin users
    4160. 

  4160. 	 *
    4161. 

  4161. 	 * @return	void
    4162. 

  4162. 	 */
    4163. 

  4163. 	public static function displayWarningMessages() {
    4164. 

  4164. 		if ($GLOBALS['BE_USER']->isAdmin()) {
    4165. 

  4165. 			$warnings = array();	// Array containing warnings that must be displayed
    4166. 

  4166. 			$enableInstallToolFile = PATH_site . 'typo3conf/ENABLE_INSTALL_TOOL';	// If this file exists and it isn't older than one hour, the Install Tool is enabled
    4167. 

  4167. 

  4168. 			$cmd = t3lib_div::_GET('adminWarning_cmd');	// Cleanup command, if set
    4169. 

  4169. 			switch($cmd) {
    4170. 

  4170. 				case 'remove_ENABLE_INSTALL_TOOL':
    4171. 

  4171. 					if (unlink($enableInstallToolFile)) {
    4172. 

  4172. 						unset($enableInstallToolFile);
    4173. 

  4173. 					}
    4174. 

  4174. 				break;
    4175. 

  4175. 			}
    4176. 

  4176. 

  4177. 				// Check if the Install Tool Password is still default: joh316
    4178. 

  4178. 			if ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['installToolPassword']==md5('joh316')) {
    4179. 

  4179. 				$url = 'install/index.php?redirect_url=index.php'.urlencode('?TYPO3_INSTALL[type]=about');
    4180. 

  4180. 				$warnings["install_password"] = sprintf(
    4181. 

  4181. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.install_password'),
    4182. 

  4182. 					'<a href="'.$url.'">',
    4183. 

  4183. 					'</a>');
    4184. 

  4184. 			}
    4185. 

  4185. 

  4186. 				// Check if there is still a default user 'admin' with password 'password' (MD5sum = 5f4dcc3b5aa765d61d8327deb882cf99)
    4187. 

  4187. 			$where_clause = 'username=' . $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr('admin', 'be_users') . ' AND password=' .
    4188. 

  4188. 				$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->fullQuoteStr('5f4dcc3b5aa765d61d8327deb882cf99', 'be_users') . self::deleteClause('be_users');
    4189. 

  4189. 			$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery('uid, username, password', 'be_users', $where_clause);
    4190. 

  4190. 			if ($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res)) {
    4191. 

  4191. 				$url = "alt_doc.php?returnUrl=index.php&edit[be_users][".$row['uid']."]=edit";
    4192. 

  4192. 				$warnings["backend_admin"] = sprintf(
    4193. 

  4193. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.backend_admin'),
    4194. 

  4194. 					'<a href="' . htmlspecialchars($url) . '">',
    4195. 

  4195. 					'</a>');
    4196. 

  4196. 

  4197. 			}
    4198. 

  4198. 			$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    4199. 

  4199. 

  4200. 				// Check whether the file ENABLE_INSTALL_TOOL contains the string "KEEP_FILE" which permanently unlocks the install tool
    4201. 

  4201. 			if (is_file($enableInstallToolFile) && trim(file_get_contents($enableInstallToolFile)) === 'KEEP_FILE') {
    4202. 

  4202. 				$url = t3lib_div::getIndpEnv('TYPO3_REQUEST_SCRIPT').'?adminWarning_cmd=remove_ENABLE_INSTALL_TOOL';
    4203. 

  4203. 				$warnings['install_enabled'] = sprintf(
    4204. 

  4204. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.install_enabled'),
    4205. 

  4205. 					'<span style="white-space:nowrap;">'.$enableInstallToolFile.'</span>');
    4206. 

  4206. 				$warnings['install_enabled'].= ' <a href="'.$url.'">'.$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.install_enabled_cmd').'</a>';
    4207. 

  4207. 			}
    4208. 

  4208. 

  4209. 				// Check if the encryption key is empty
    4210. 

  4210. 			if ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['encryptionKey'] == '') {
    4211. 

  4211. 				$url = 'install/index.php?redirect_url=index.php'.urlencode('?TYPO3_INSTALL[type]=config#set_encryptionKey');
    4212. 

  4212. 				$warnings["install_encryption"] = sprintf(
    4213. 

  4213. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.install_encryption'),
    4214. 

  4214. 					'<a href="'.$url.'">',
    4215. 

  4215. 					'</a>');
    4216. 

  4216. 			}
    4217. 

  4217. 

  4218. 				// Check if fileDenyPattern was changed which is dangerous on Apache
    4219. 

  4219. 			if ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['fileDenyPattern'] != FILE_DENY_PATTERN_DEFAULT )	{
    4220. 

  4220. 				$warnings['file_deny_pattern'] = sprintf(
    4221. 

  4221. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.file_deny_pattern'),
    4222. 

  4222. 					'<br /><pre>'.htmlspecialchars(FILE_DENY_PATTERN_DEFAULT).'</pre><br />');
    4223. 

  4223. 			}
    4224. 

  4224. 

  4225. 				// Check if fileDenyPattern allows to upload .htaccess files which is dangerous on Apache
    4226. 

  4226. 			if ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['BE']['fileDenyPattern'] != FILE_DENY_PATTERN_DEFAULT && t3lib_div::verifyFilenameAgainstDenyPattern(".htaccess"))	{
    4227. 

  4227. 				$warnings['file_deny_htaccess'] = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.file_deny_htaccess');
    4228. 

  4228. 			}
    4229. 

  4229. 

  4230. 				// Check if there are still updates to perform
    4231. 

  4231. 			if (!t3lib_div::compat_version(TYPO3_branch)) {
    4232. 

  4232. 				$url = 'install/index.php?redirect_url=index.php'.urlencode('?TYPO3_INSTALL[type]=update');
    4233. 

  4233. 				$warnings["install_update"] = sprintf(
    4234. 

  4234. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.install_update'),
    4235. 

  4235. 					'<a href="'.$url.'">',
    4236. 

  4236. 					'</a>');
    4237. 

  4237. 			}
    4238. 

  4238. 

  4239. 				// Check if sys_refindex is empty
    4240. 

  4240. 			$count = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTcountRows('*', 'sys_refindex');
    4241. 

  4241. 			$registry = t3lib_div::makeInstance('t3lib_Registry');
    4242. 

  4242. 			$lastRefIndexUpdate = $registry->get('core', 'sys_refindex_lastUpdate');
    4243. 

  4243. 			if (!$count && $lastRefIndexUpdate) {
    4244. 

  4244. 				$url = 'sysext/lowlevel/dbint/index.php?&id=0&SET[function]=refindex';
    4245. 

  4245. 				$warnings["backend_reference"] = sprintf(
    4246. 

  4246. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.backend_reference_index'),
    4247. 

  4247. 					'<a href="'.$url.'">',
    4248. 

  4248. 					'</a>',
    4249. 

  4249. 					self::dateTime($lastRefIndexUpdate));
    4250. 

  4250. 			}
    4251. 

  4251. 

  4252. 			// Check for memcached if configured
    4253. 

  4253. 			$memCacheUse = false;
    4254. 

  4254. 			if (is_array($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['caching']['cacheConfigurations'])) {
    4255. 

  4255. 				foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['caching']['cacheConfigurations'] as $table => $conf) {
    4256. 

  4256. 					if (is_array($conf)) {
    4257. 

  4257. 						foreach ($conf as $key => $value) {
    4258. 

  4258. 							if (!is_array($value) && $value === 't3lib_cache_backend_MemcachedBackend') {
    4259. 

  4259. 								$servers = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SYS']['caching']['cacheConfigurations'][$table]['options']['servers'];
    4260. 

  4260. 								$memCacheUse = true;
    4261. 

  4261. 								break;
    4262. 

  4262. 							}
    4263. 

  4263. 						}
    4264. 

  4264. 					}
    4265. 

  4265. 				}
    4266. 

  4266. 				if ($memCacheUse) {
    4267. 

  4267. 					$failed = array();
    4268. 

  4268. 					$defaultPort = ini_get('memcache.default_port');
    4269. 

  4269. 					if (function_exists('memcache_connect')) {
    4270. 

  4270. 						if (is_array($servers)) {
    4271. 

  4271. 							foreach ($servers as $testServer) {
    4272. 

  4272. 								$configuredServer = $testServer;
    4273. 

  4273. 								if (substr($testServer, 0, 7) == 'unix://') {
    4274. 

  4274. 									$host = $testServer;
    4275. 

  4275. 									$port = 0;
    4276. 

  4276. 								} else {
    4277. 

  4277. 									if (substr($testServer, 0, 6) === 'tcp://') {
    4278. 

  4278. 										$testServer = substr($testServer, 6);
    4279. 

  4279. 									}
    4280. 

  4280. 									if (strstr($testServer, ':') !== FALSE) {
    4281. 

  4281. 										list($host, $port) = explode(':', $testServer, 2);
    4282. 

  4282. 									} else {
    4283. 

  4283. 										$host = $testServer;
    4284. 

  4284. 										$port = $defaultPort;
    4285. 

  4285. 									}
    4286. 

  4286. 								}
    4287. 

  4287. 								$memcache_obj = @memcache_connect($host, $port);
    4288. 

  4288. 								if ($memcache_obj != null) {
    4289. 

  4289. 									memcache_close($memcache_obj);
    4290. 

  4290. 								} else {
    4291. 

  4291. 									$failed[] = $configuredServer;
    4292. 

  4292. 								}
    4293. 

  4293. 							}
    4294. 

  4294. 						}
    4295. 

  4295. 					}
    4296. 

  4296. 					if (count($failed) > 0) {
    4297. 

  4297. 						$warnings['memcached'] = $GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.memcache_not_usable') . '<br/>' .
    4298. 

  4298. 							implode(', ', $failed);
    4299. 

  4299. 					}
    4300. 

  4300. 				}
    4301. 

  4301. 			}
    4302. 

  4302. 

  4303. 			// Hook for additional warnings
    4304. 

  4304. 			if (is_array ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['displayWarningMessages'])) {
    4305. 

  4305. 				foreach ($GLOBALS['TYPO3_CONF_VARS']['SC_OPTIONS']['t3lib/class.t3lib_befunc.php']['displayWarningMessages'] as $classRef) {
    4306. 

  4306. 					$hookObj = t3lib_div::getUserObj($classRef);
    4307. 

  4307. 					if (method_exists($hookObj, 'displayWarningMessages_postProcess')) {
    4308. 

  4308. 						$hookObj->displayWarningMessages_postProcess($warnings);
    4309. 

  4309. 					}
    4310. 

  4310. 				}
    4311. 

  4311. 			}
    4312. 

  4312. 

  4313. 			if (count($warnings)) {
    4314. 

  4314. 				$style = ' style="margin-bottom:10px;"';
    4315. 

  4315. 				$securityWarnings = '<ul><li' . $style . '>'
    4316. 

  4316. 					. implode('</li><li' . $style . '>', $warnings)
    4317. 

  4317. 					. '</li></ul>';
    4318. 

  4318. 

  4319. 				$securityMessage = t3lib_div::makeInstance(
    4320. 

  4320. 					't3lib_FlashMessage',
    4321. 

  4321. 					$securityWarnings,
    4322. 

  4322. 					$GLOBALS['LANG']->sL('LLL:EXT:lang/locallang_core.xml:warning.header'),
    4323. 

  4323. 					t3lib_FlashMessage::ERROR
    4324. 

  4324. 				);
    4325. 

  4325. 				$content = '<div style="margin: 20px 0px;">'
    4326. 

  4326. 					. $securityMessage->render()
    4327. 

  4327. 					. '</div>';
    4328. 

  4328. 

  4329. 				unset($warnings);
    4330. 

  4330. 				return $content;
    4331. 

  4331. 			}
    4332. 

  4332. 		}
    4333. 

  4333. 		return '<p>&nbsp;</p>';
    4334. 

  4334. 	}
    4335. 

  4335. 

  4336. 	/**
    4337. 

  4337. 	 * Returns "web" if the $path (absolute) is within the DOCUMENT ROOT - and thereby qualifies as a "web" folder.
    4338. 

  4338. 	 * Usage: 4
    4339. 

  4339. 	 *
    4340. 

  4340. 	 * @param	string		Path to evaluate
    4341. 

  4341. 	 * @return	boolean
    4342. 

  4342. 	 */
    4343. 

  4343. 	public static function getPathType_web_nonweb($path) {
    4344. 

  4344. 		return t3lib_div::isFirstPartOfStr($path, t3lib_div::getIndpEnv('TYPO3_DOCUMENT_ROOT')) ? 'web' : '';
    4345. 

  4345. 	}
    4346. 

  4346. 

  4347. 	/**
    4348. 

  4348. 	 * Creates ADMCMD parameters for the "viewpage" extension / "cms" frontend
    4349. 

  4349. 	 * Usage: 1
    4350. 

  4350. 	 *
    4351. 

  4351. 	 * @param	array		Page record
    4352. 

  4352. 	 * @return	string		Query-parameters
    4353. 

  4353. 	 * @internal
    4354. 

  4354. 	 */
    4355. 

  4355. 	public static function ADMCMD_previewCmds($pageinfo) {
    4356. 

  4356. 		if ($pageinfo['fe_group']>0) {
    4357. 

  4357. 			$simUser = '&ADMCMD_simUser='.$pageinfo['fe_group'];
    4358. 

  4358. 		}
    4359. 

  4359. 		if ($pageinfo['starttime'] > $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME']) {
    4360. 

  4360. 			$simTime = '&ADMCMD_simTime='.$pageinfo['starttime'];
    4361. 

  4361. 		}
    4362. 

  4362. 		if ($pageinfo['endtime'] < $GLOBALS['EXEC_TIME'] && $pageinfo['endtime'] != 0) {
    4363. 

  4363. 			$simTime = '&ADMCMD_simTime='.($pageinfo['endtime']-1);
    4364. 

  4364. 		}
    4365. 

  4365. 		return $simUser.$simTime;
    4366. 

  4366. 	}
    4367. 

  4367. 

  4368. 	/**
    4369. 

  4369. 	 * Returns an array with key=>values based on input text $params
    4370. 

  4370. 	 * $params is exploded by line-breaks and each line is supposed to be on the syntax [key] = [some value]
    4371. 

  4371. 	 * These pairs will be parsed into an array an returned.
    4372. 

  4372. 	 * Usage: 1
    4373. 

  4373. 	 *
    4374. 

  4374. 	 * @param	string		String of parameters on multiple lines to parse into key-value pairs (see function description)
    4375. 

  4375. 	 * @return	array
    4376. 

  4376. 	 */
    4377. 

  4377. 	public static function processParams($params) {
    4378. 

  4378. 		$paramArr = array();
    4379. 

  4379. 		$lines = explode(LF, $params);
    4380. 

  4380. 		foreach ($lines as $val) {
    4381. 

  4381. 			$val = trim($val);
    4382. 

  4382. 			if ($val) {
    4383. 

  4383. 				$pair = explode('=', $val, 2);
    4384. 

  4384. 				$paramArr[trim($pair[0])] = trim($pair[1]);
    4385. 

  4385. 			}
    4386. 

  4386. 		}
    4387. 

  4387. 		return $paramArr;
    4388. 

  4388. 	}
    4389. 

  4389. 

  4390. 	/**
    4391. 

  4391. 	 * Returns "list of backend modules". Most likely this will be obsolete soon / removed. Don't use.
    4392. 

  4392. 	 * Usage: 0
    4393. 

  4393. 	 *
    4394. 

  4394. 	 * @param	array		Module names in array. Must be "addslashes()"ed
    4395. 

  4395. 	 * @param	string		Perms clause for SQL query
    4396. 

  4396. 	 * @param	string		Backpath
    4397. 

  4397. 	 * @param	string		The URL/script to jump to (used in A tag)
    4398. 

  4398. 	 * @return	array		Two keys, rows and list
    4399. 

  4399. 	 * @internal
    4400. 

  4400. 	 * @deprecated since TYPO3 3.6, this function will be removed in TYPO3 4.5.
    4401. 

  4401. 	 * @obsolete
    4402. 

  4402. 	 */
    4403. 

  4403. 	public static function getListOfBackendModules($name, $perms_clause, $backPath = '', $script = 'index.php') {
    4404. 

  4404. 		t3lib_div::logDeprecatedFunction();
    4405. 

  4405. 

  4406. 		$res = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->exec_SELECTquery('*', 'pages', 'doktype!=255 AND module IN (\'' . implode('\',\'', $name) . '\') AND' . $perms_clause . self::deleteClause('pages'));
    4407. 

  4407. 		if (!$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_num_rows($res))	return false;
    4408. 

  4408. 

  4409. 		$out = '';
    4410. 

  4410. 		$theRows = array();
    4411. 

  4411. 		while($row = $GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_fetch_assoc($res)) {
    4412. 

  4412. 			$theRows[] = $row;
    4413. 

  4413. 			$out.='<span class="nobr"><a href="'.htmlspecialchars($script.'?id='.$row['uid']).'">'.
    4414. 

  4414. 					t3lib_iconWorks::getSpriteIconForRecord('pages', $row, array('title' => htmlspecialchars(self::getRecordPath($row['uid'], $perms_clause, 20)))) .
    4415. 

  4415. 					htmlspecialchars($row['title']).
    4416. 

  4416. 					'</a></span><br />';
    4417. 

  4417. 		}
    4418. 

  4418. 		$GLOBALS['TYPO3_DB']->sql_free_result($res);
    4419. 

  4419. 

  4420. 		return array('rows'=>$theRows, 'list'=>$out);
    4421. 

  4421. 	}
    4422. 

  4422. 

  4423. 	/**
    4424. 

  4424. 	 * Returns the name of the backend script relative to the TYPO3 main directory.
    4425. 

  4425. 	 *
    4426. 

  4426. 	 * @param	string		Name of the backend interface  (backend, frontend) to look up the script name for. If no interface is given, the interface for the current backend user is used.
    4427. 

  4427. 	 * @return	string		The name of the backend script relative to the TYPO3 main directory.
    4428. 

  4428. 	 */
    4429. 

  4429. 	public static function getBackendScript($interface = '') {
    4430. 

  4430. 		if (!$interface) {
    4431. 

  4431. 			$interface = $GLOBALS['BE_USER']->uc['interfaceSetup'];
    4432. 

  4432. 		}
    4433. 

  4433. 

  4434. 		switch ($interface) {
    4435. 

  4435. 			case 'frontend':
    4436. 

  4436. 				$script = '../.';
    4437. 

  4437. 				break;
    4438. 

  4438. 			case 'backend':
    4439. 

  4439. 			default:
    4440. 

  4440. 				$script = 'backend.php';
    4441. 

  4441. 				break;
    4442. 

  4442. 		}
    4443. 

  4443. 

  4444. 		return $script;
    4445. 

  4445. 	}
    4446. 

  4446. }
    4447. 

  4447. ?>
    4448.